OpenHAB
/
openhab-docs
mirror of https://github.com/openhab/openhab-docs.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Updated external content (Jenkins build 337)

pull/1131/head
openhab-bot 2019-09-15 23:33:33 +00:00
parent bd7284c74b
commit 111bb2ede1
270 changed files with 21945 additions and 3787 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

37
_addons_bindings/amazonechocontrol/readme.md
View File

@ -145,6 +145,7 @@ It will be configured at runtime by using the save channel to store the current
| musicProviderId | String | R/W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Current Music provider
| playMusicVoiceCommand | String | W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Write Only! Voice command as text. E.g. 'Yesterday from the Beatles'
| startCommand | String | W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Write Only! Used to start anything. Available options: Weather, Traffic, GoodMorning, SingASong, TellStory, FlashBriefing and FlashBriefing.<FlahshbriefingDeviceID> (Note: The options are case sensitive)
| announcement | String | W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Write Only! Display the announcement message on the display. See in the tutorial section to learn how it’s possible to set the title and turn off the sound.
| textToSpeech | String | W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Write Only! Write some text to this channel and alexa will speak it. It is possible to use plain text or SSML: e.g. `<speak>I want to tell you a secret.<amazon:effect name="whispered">I am not a real human.</amazon:effect></speak>`
| textToSpeechVolume | Dimmer | R/W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Volume of the textToSpeech channel, if 0 the current volume will be used
| lastVoiceCommand | String | R/W | echo, echoshow, echospot | Last voice command spoken to the device. Writing to the channel starts voice output.
@ -232,6 +233,7 @@ Switch Echo_Living_Room_Bluetooth "Bluetooth" <bluetooth
String Echo_Living_Room_BluetoothDeviceName "Bluetooth Device" <bluetooth> (Alexa_Living_Room) {channel="amazonechocontrol:echo:account1:echo1:bluetoothDeviceName"}
// Commands
String Echo_Living_Room_Announcement "Announcement" (Alexa_Living_Room) {channel="amazonechocontrol:echo:account1:echo1:announcement"}
String Echo_Living_Room_TTS "Text to Speech" (Alexa_Living_Room) {channel="amazonechocontrol:echo:account1:echo1:textToSpeech"}
Dimmer Echo_Living_Room_TTS_Volume "Text to Speech Volume" (Alexa_Living_Room) {channel="amazonechocontrol:echo:account1:echo1:textToSpeechVolume"}
String Echo_Living_Room_Remind "Remind" (Alexa_Living_Room) {channel="amazonechocontrol:echo:account1:echo1:remind"}
@ -356,6 +358,41 @@ then
end
```
### Show an announcement on the echo show or echo spot:
1) Create a rule with a trigger of your choice
Simple:
```php
rule "Say welcome if the door opens"
when
Item Door_Contact changed to OPEN
then
Echo_Living_Room_Announcement.sendCommand('Door opened')
end
```
Expert:
You can use a json formatted string to control the title and the sound:
```php
{ "sound": true, "speak":"<Speak>" "title": "<Title>", "body": "<Body Text>"}
```
The combination of sound=true and speak in SSML syntax is not allowed
Note: If you turn off the sound and alexa is playing music, it will anyway turn down the volume for a moment. This behavior can not be changed.
```php
rule "Say welcome if the door opens"
when
Item Door_Contact changed to OPEN
then
Echo_Living_Room_Announcement.sendCommand('{ "sound": false, "title": "Doorstep", "body": "Door opened"}')
end
```
## Playing an alarm sound for 15 seconds with an openHAB rule if an door contact was opened:
1) Do get the ID of your sound, follow the steps in "How To Get IDs"

5
_addons_bindings/bluetooth.ruuvitag/readme.md
View File

@ -24,6 +24,11 @@ Only a single thing type is added by this extension:
| --------------- | ------------------------- |
| ruuvitag_beacon | A Ruuvi Tag Sensor Beacon |
Under normal conditions the ruuvitag should submit data every 10 seconds.
However, if no data has been retrieved after 1 minute the ruuvitag is set to OFFLINE and the state of channels is set to UNDEF.
When new data is retrieved when OFFLINE the ruuvtag is set ONLINE again.
## Discovery
As any other Bluetooth device, Ruuvi Tag Beacons are discovered automatically by the corresponding bridge.

2
_addons_bindings/daikin/readme.md
View File

@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ This addon will broadcast messages on your local network looking for Daikin air
The temperature channels have a precision of one half degree Celsius.
For the BRP072A42:
| Channel Name | Description |
|--------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| power | Turns the power on/off for the air conditioning unit. |
@ -45,6 +46,7 @@ For the BRP072A42:
| fanspeed | The fan speed set for the unit (AUTO, SILENCE, LEVEL_1, LEVEL_2, LEVEL_3, LEVEL_4, LEVEL_5) |
For the BRP15B61:
| Channel Name | Description |
|-----------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| power | Turns the power on/off for the air conditioning unit. |

2
_addons_bindings/denon1/readme.md
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ description: "The openHAB Denon Binding allows interaction with Denon AV receive
source: https://github.com/openhab/openhab1-addons/blob/master/bundles/binding/org.openhab.binding.denon/README.md
since: 1x
logo: images/addons/denon.png
install: auto
install: legacy
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->

63
_addons_bindings/denonmarantz/readme.md
View File

@ -17,15 +17,10 @@ install: auto
This binding integrates Denon & Marantz AV receivers by using either Telnet or a (undocumented) HTTP API.
## Introduction
This binding is an adaptation of the existing Denon 1.x binding.
It can be fully configured without any configuration files.
In most cases the AVRs can be discovered and will be added to the Inbox of the Paper UI.
## Supported Things
This binding supports Denon and Marantz receivers having a Telnet interface or a web based controller at `http://<AVR IP address>/`.
The thing type for all of them is `avr`.
Tested models: Marantz SR5008, Denon AVR-X2000 / X3000 / X1200W / X2100W / X2200W / X3100W / X3300W
@ -37,13 +32,8 @@ During Discovery this is auto-detected and configured.
This binding can discover Denon and Marantz receivers using mDNS.
The serial number (which is the MAC address of the network interface) is used as unique identifier.
It tries to detect the number of zones (when the AVR responds to HTTP). It defaults to 2 zones.
## Binding Configuration
The AVR should be auto-discovered correctly.
In case it does not work you can add the AVR manually.
There are no configuration files for this binding.
It tries to detect the number of zones (when the AVR responds to HTTP).
It defaults to 2 zones.
## Thing Configuration
@ -59,14 +49,6 @@ There are more parameters which all have defaults set.
| httpPort | port number, e.g. 80 | 80 |
| httpPollingInterval | polling interval in seconds (minimal 5) | 5 |
### Static definition in a .things file
Example `.things` file entry:
```
Thing denonmarantz:avr:0005cd123456 "Receiver" @ "Living room" [host="192.168.1.100"]
```
## Channels
The DenonMarantz AVR supports the following channels (some channels are model specific):
@ -103,24 +85,28 @@ The DenonMarantz AVR supports the following channels (some channels are model sp
(RW) = read-write
(W) = write-only (no feedback)
## Item Configuration
## Full Example
Example of usage in `.items` files.
`.things` file:
```
Switch marantz_power "Receiver" <switch> {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:general#power"}
Dimmer marantz_volume "Volume" <soundvolume> {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:mainZone#volume"}
Number marantz_volumeDB "Volume [%.1f dB]" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:mainzone#volume"}
Switch marantz_mute "Mute" <mute> {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:mainZone#mute"}
Switch marantz_z2power "Zone 2" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:zone2#power"}
String marantz_input "Input [%s]" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:mainZone#input" }
String marantz_surround "Surround: [%s]" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:general#surroundProgram"}
String marantz_command {channel="denonmarantz:avr:0006781d58b1:general#command"}
Thing denonmarantz:avr:1 "Receiver" @ "Living room" [host="192.168.1.100"]
```
## Sitemap Configuration
`.items` file:
Example of displaying the items in a `.sitemap` file.
```
Switch marantz_power "Receiver" <switch> {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:general#power"}
Dimmer marantz_volume "Volume" <soundvolume> {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:mainZone#volume"}
Number marantz_volumeDB "Volume [%.1f dB]" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:mainzone#volume"}
Switch marantz_mute "Mute" <mute> {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:mainZone#mute"}
Switch marantz_z2power "Zone 2" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:zone2#power"}
String marantz_input "Input [%s]" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:mainZone#input" }
String marantz_surround "Surround: [%s]" {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:general#surroundProgram"}
String marantz_command {channel="denonmarantz:avr:1:general#command"}
```
`.sitemap` file:
```
...
@ -135,15 +121,7 @@ Group item=marantz_input label="Receiver" icon="receiver" {
...
```
## Using the command channel
In a `.rules` file you can use the sendCommand function to send a command to the AVR.
```
marantz_command.sendCommand("MSMCH STEREO")
```
## Control protocol documentation
## Control Protocol Reference
These resources can be useful to learn what to send using the `command`channel:
@ -152,4 +130,3 @@ These resources can be useful to learn what to send using the `command`channel:
- [AVR-3311CI/AVR-3311/AVR-991](http://www.awe-europe.com/documents/Control%20Docs/Denon/Archive/AVR3311CI_AVR3311_991_PROTOCOL_V7.1.0.pdf)
- [CEOL Piccolo DRA-N5/RCD-N8](http://www.audioproducts.com.au/downloadcenter/products/Denon/CEOLPICCOLOBK/Manuals/DRAN5_RCDN8_PROTOCOL_V.1.0.0.pdf)
- [Marantz Control Protocol (2014+)](http://m.us.marantz.com/DocumentMaster/US/Marantz%202014%20NR%20Series%20-%20SR%20Series%20RS232%20IP%20Protocol.xls)

111
_addons_bindings/enturno/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
---
id: enturno
label: EnturNo
title: EnturNo - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding gets Norwegian public transport real-time (estimated) data from the [Entur.no API](https://developer.entur.org/content/journey-planner-0)."
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# EnturNo Binding
This binding gets Norwegian public transport real-time (estimated) data from the [Entur.no API](https://developer.entur.org/content/journey-planner-0).
## Supported Things
As for now, binding supports only one thing `linestop`.
It can change in the future as entur.no exposes API for access of different type public transport data, for example: journey planing, stop information etc.
### Entur Timetable
Entur timetable provides information about departures for chosen line/service of public transport in Norway and chosen stop place.
It contains informationabout stop place (id, name, transport mode) and real-time departures from that place.
**It is worth noting that binding is thought to be primarily used for busdepartures (can work for other supported by entur.no transport types).
Two Direction channel groups are consequence of that assumption.
That will say that usually for stop place of a given name there are two bus stops for same line going in opposite directions.**
Each **Direction** channel group contains information about direction,line code, 5 coming departures, and whether given departure time is real-time (estimated) or not.
## Discovery
Since thing needs to be explicitly configured for stop id and line, no auto discovery is available.
## Thing Configuration
### Entur Timetable
| Parameter | Description |
|---------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| stopPlaceId (Stop code) | Unique id of stop place that can be get from [en-tur.no](https://en-tur.no) after selecting bus stop. Information will be displayed in link. Example: <https://en-tur.no/nearby-stop-place-detail?id=NSR:StopPlace:30848> stopPlaceId is **NSR:StopPlace:30848** in this case|
| lineCode (Line code) | Code (name or numeber) of line used by public transport provider. Examples: 3, 3E, 4, 21 |
## Channels
### Stop Place
| Channel Group ID | Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|------------------|-----------------|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------------|
| stopPlace | id | String | Id of the stop place. |
| stopPlace | name | String | Name of the stop place. |
| stopPlace | transportMode | String | Type of transport served from bus stop bus/train/plane etc. |
### Line Direction
| Channel Group ID | Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|-------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| direction | lineCode | String | Code (usually number) of the public transport line. |
| direction | frontDisplayText | String | Text of front display of the public transport line (usually direction) |
| direction | departure01, departure02, departure03, departure04, departure05 | DateTime | Times of next five departures. |
| direction | estimatedFlag01, estimatedFlag02, estimatedFlag03, estimatedFlag04, estimatedFlag05 | String | Values (true/false) saying that corresponding departure is real-time (estimated - true) or departure from timetable. Values (true/false) can be parsed to boolean. |
## Full Example
### Things
demo.things
```java
Thing enturno:linestop:1 "Småstrandgaten line nr 2" [stopPlaceId="NSR:StopPlace:30848", lineCode="2"]
```
### Items
demo.items
```java
// Stop place
String StopId "StopId" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:stopPlace#id"}
String StopPlaceName "Stop Place [%s]" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:stopPlace#name"}
String LineCode "Line [%s]" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#lineCode"}
String TransportMode "TransportMode [%s]" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:stopPlace#transportMode"}
// Direction01
String Direction01_FrontDisplay "Direction01 front display [%s]" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#frontDisplayText"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure01_Time1 "Departure01 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#departure01"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure02_Time2 "Departure02 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#departure02"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure03_Time3 "Departure03 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#departure03"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure04_Time4 "Departure04 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#departure04"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure05_Time5 "Departure05 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#departure05"}
String RealTime_Departure01_IsReal1 "Departure01 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#estimatedFlag01"}
String RealTime_Departure02_IsReal2 "Departure02 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#estimatedFlag02"}
String RealTime_Departure03_IsReal3 "Departure03 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#estimatedFlag03"}
String RealTime_Departure04_IsReal4 "Departure04 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#estimatedFlag04"}
String RealTime_Departure05_IsReal5 "Departure05 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction01#estimatedFlag05"}
//Direction02
String Direction02_FrontDisplay "Direction02 front display [%s]" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#frontDisplayText"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure01_Time1 "Departure01 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#departure01"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure02_Time2 "Departure02 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#departure02"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure03_Time3 "Departure03 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#departure03"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure04_Time4 "Departure04 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#departure04"}
DateTime RealTime_Departure05_Time5 "Departure05 time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#departure05"}
String RealTime_Departure01_IsReal1 "Departure01 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#estimatedFlag01"}
String RealTime_Departure02_IsReal2 "Departure02 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#estimatedFlag02"}
String RealTime_Departure03_IsReal3 "Departure03 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#estimatedFlag03"}
String RealTime_Departure04_IsReal4 "Departure04 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#estimatedFlag04"}
String RealTime_Departure05_IsReal5 "Departure05 is real-time" {channel="enturno:linestop:1:Direction02#estimatedFlag05"}
```

420
_addons_bindings/heos/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
---
id: heos
label: Denon HEOS
title: Denon HEOS - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding support the HEOS-System from Denon."
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# Denon HEOS Binding
This binding support the HEOS-System from Denon.
The binding provides control of the players and groups within the network.
It also supports selecting favorites and play them on players or groups within the HEOS-Network.
The binding first establishes a connection to one of the players of the HEOS-Network and use them as a bridge.
After a connection is established, the binding searches for all available players and groups via the bridge.
To keep the network traffic low it is recommended to establish only one connection via one bridge.
Connection to the bridge is done via a Telnet connection.
## Supported Things
Bridge:
The binding supports a bridge to connect to the HEOS-Network.
A bridge uses the thing ID "bridge".
Player:
A generic player is supported via this binding.
Currently no differences are made between the players.
A player uses the thing ID "player"
Groups:
The binding supports HEOS groups.
A group uses the thing ID "group"
## Discovery
This binding supports full automatic discovery of available players to be used as a bridge, players and groups (both after establishing a connection via a bridge).
Please note that only one bridge is required to establish a connection.
Adding a second bridge can cause trouble with the connection.
It is recommended to use the Paper UI or other GUI to setup the system and add all players and groups.
The bridge is discovered through UPnP in the local network.
Once it is added the players and groups are discovered via the bridge and placed within the inbox.
## Binding Configuration
This binding does not require any configuration.
## Thing Configuration
### Bridge Configuration
The bridge has the following configuration parameter
| Parameter | Description | Required |
|----------------- |------------------------------------------------------------ | --------- |
| ipAddress | The network address of the bridge | yes |
| username | The user name to login to the HEOS account | no |
| password | The password for the HEOS account | no |
| heartbeat | The time in seconds for the HEOS Heartbeat (default = 60 s) | no |
The password and the user name are used to login to the HEOS account.
This is required to load the favorites, playlists and so on from personal settings.
If no login information is provided these features can't be used.
````
Bridge heos:bridge:main "name" [ipAddress="192.168.0.1", unsername="xxx", password="123456"]
````
### Player Configuration
Player have the following configuration parameter
| Parameter | Description | Required |
|----------------- |----------------------------------------------------------- | --------- |
| pid | The internal player ID | yes |
For manual configuration a player can be defined as followed:
````
Thing heos:player:player1 "name" [pid="123456789"]
````
PID behind the heos:player:--- should be changed as required.
It is recommended to use the player PID.
If the PID isn't known it can be discovered by establishing a Telnet connection (port 1255) to one player and search for available players (Command: heos://player/get_players) within the network.
Another way is to use Paper UI to discover the player via the bridge and get the PID.
For further details refer to the [HEOS CLI](https://rn.dmglobal.com/euheos/HEOS_CLI_ProtocolSpecification.pdf) specification.
### Group Configuration
Player have the following configuration parameter
| Parameter | Description | Required |
|----------------- |------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------- |
| members | The members of the groups. These are the player IDs. IDs have to be separated by ";" | yes |
```
Thing heos:group:group1 "name" [members="45345634;35534567"]
```
### Defining Bridge and Players together
Defining Player and Bridge together.
To ensure that the players and groups are attached to the bridge the definition can be like:
```
Bridge heos:bridge:main "Bridge" [ipAddress="192.168.0.1", username="userName", password="123456"] {
player Kitchen "Kitchen"[pid="434523813"]
player LivingRoom "Living Room"[pid="918797451"]
group 813793755 "Ground Level"[members="434523813;918797451"]
}
```
## Channels
### Channels of Thing type 'player'
| Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|----------------- |----------- |--------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Control | Player | Play (also ON) / Pause (also OFF) / Next / Previous |
| Volume | Dimmer | Volume control / also accepts "DECREASE" & "INCREASE" |
| Mute | Switch | Mute the Player |
| Title | String | Song Title |
| Artist | String | Song Artist |
| Album | String | Album Title |
| Cover | Image | The cover of the actual song |
| Inputs | String | The input to be switched to. Input values from HEOS protocol |
| CurrentPosition | Number:Time | Shows the current track position in seconds |
| Duration | Number:Time | The overall track duration in seconds |
| Type | String | The type of the played media. Station or song for example |
| Station | String | The station name if it is a station (Spotify shows track name....) |
| PlayUrl | String | Plays a media file located at the URL |
| Shuffle | Switch | Switches shuffle ON or OFF |
| RepeatMode | String | Defines the repeat mode: Inputs are: "One" , "All" or "Off" |
| Playlists | String | Plays a playlist. Playlists are identified by numbers (starting at 0!). List can be found in the HEOS App |
#### Example
```
Player LivingRoom_Control "Control" {channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Control"}
```
### Channels of Thing type 'group'
| Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|----------------- |----------- |-------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Control | Player | Play (also ON) / Pause (also OFF) / Next / Previous |
| Volume | Dimmer | Volume control / also accepts "DECREASE" & "INCREASE" |
| Mute | Switch | Mute the Group |
| Title | String | Song Title |
| Artist | String | Song Artist |
| Album | String | Album Title |
| Ungroup | Switch | Deletes the group (OFF) or generate the group again (ON) |
| Cover | Image | The cover of the actual song |
| CurrentPosition | Number:Time | Shows the current track position in seconds |
| Duration | Number:Time | The overall track duration in seconds |
| Type | String | The type of the played media. Station or song for example |
| Station | String | The station name if it is a station (Spotify shows track name....) |
| Inputs | String | The input to be switched to. Input values from HEOS protocol |
| PlayUrl | String | Plays a media file located at the URL |
| Shuffle | Switch | Switches shuffle ON or OFF |
| RepeatMode | String | Defines the repeat mode: Inputs are: "One" ; "All" or "Off" |
| Playlists | String | Plays a playlist. Playlists are identified by numbers (starting at 0!). List can be found in the HEOS App |
| Input names |
|-------------- |
| aux_in_1 |
| aux_in_2 |
| aux_in_3 |
| aux_in_4 |
| aux1 |
| aux2 |
| aux3 |
| aux4 |
| aux5 |
| aux6 |
| aux7 |
| line_in_1 |
| line_in_2 |
| line_in_3 |
| line_in_4 |
| coax_in_1 |
| coax_in_2 |
| optical_in_1 |
| optical_in_2 |
| hdmi_in_1 |
| hdmi_arc_1 |
| cable_sat |
| dvd |
| bluray |
| game |
| mediaplayer |
| cd |
| tuner |
| hdradio |
| tvaudio |
| phono |
An current list can be found within the HEOS CLI protocol which can be found [here](https://rn.dmglobal.com/euheos/HEOS_CLI_ProtocolSpecification.pdf).
### Channels of Thing type 'bridge'
| Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|---------------------- |----------- |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Reboot | Switch | Reboot the whole HEOS System. Can be used if you get in trouble with the system |
| BuildGroup | Switch | Is used to define a group. The player which shall be grouped has to be selected first. If Switch is then activated the group is build. |
For a list of the commands please refer to the [HEOS CLI protocol](https://rn.dmglobal.com/euheos/HEOS_CLI_ProtocolSpecification.pdf).
## *Dynamic Channels*
Also the bridge, players and groups supports dynamic channels which represent the players of the network and the favorites.
They are added dynamically if a player is found and if favorites are defined within the HEOS Account.
To activate Favorites the system has to be signed in to the HEOS Account.
The player and group channels are only shown on the bridge.
### Favorite Channels
| Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|------------ |----------- |------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| {mid} | Switch | A channel which represents the favorite. Please check via UI how the correct Channel Type looks like. |
Example
```
Switch Favorite_1 "Fav 1 [%s]" {channel="heos:bridge:main:s17492"}
```
### Player Channels
| Channel ID | Item Type | Description |
|------------ |----------- |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| {playerID} | Switch | A channel which represents the player. Please check via UI how the correct Channel Type looks like. |
Example
```
Switch Player_1 "Player [%s]" {channel="heos:bridge:main:P123456789"}
```
The {playerUID} has either a P in front of the number which indicates that this is a player or a G to indicate this is a group.
## Full Example
###demo.things:
```
Bridge heos:bridge:main "Bridge" [ipAddress="192.168.0.1", username="userName", password="123456"] {
player Kitchen "Kitchen"[pid="434523813"]
player LivingRoom "Living Room"[pid="918797451"]
group 813793755 "Ground Level"[members="434523813;918797451"]
}
```
###demo.items:
```
Player LivingRoom_Control "Control" {channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Control"}
Switch LivingRoom_Mute "Mute"{channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Mute"}
Dimmer LivingRoom_Volume "Volume" {channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Volume"}
String LivingRoom_Title "Title [%s]" {channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Title"}
String LivingRoom_Interpret "Interpret [%s]" {channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Artist"}
String LivingRoom_Album "Album [%s]" {channel="heos:player:main:LivingRoom:Album"}
```
###demo.sitemap
```
Frame label="LivingRoom" {
Default item=LivingRoom_Control
Default item=LivingRoom_Mute
Default item=LivingRoom_Volume
Default item=LivingRoom_Title
Default item=LivingRoom_Interpret
Default item=LivingRoom_Album
}
```
## Detailed Explanation
This section gives some detailed explanations how to use the binding.
### Grouping Players
Players can be grouped via the binding.
To do so, select the player channels of the players you want to group at the bridge and then use the "Made Group" channel to create the group.
The first player which is selected will be the group leader.
The group GID then is the same as the PID of the group leader.
Therefore changing play pause and some other things at the leading player will also change that at the whole group.
Muting and Volume on the other hand can be changed individually for each player also for the group leader.
If you want to change that for the whole group you have to do it via the group thing.
### Inputs
To play inputs like the Aux_In it can be played at each player or group.
It is also possible to play an input from another player at the selected player.
To do so, first select the player channel of the player where the input is located (source) at the bridge.
Then use the input channel of the player where the source shall be played (destination) to activate the input.
#### Example
Player A = Kitchen (destination)
Player B = Living Room (source)
Items:
```
Switch HeosBridge_Play_Living "Living Room" (gHeos) {channel="heos:bridge:ed0ac1ff-0193-65c6-c1b8-506137456a50:P918797451"}
String HeosKitchen_Input (gHeos) {channel="heos:player:918797451:Inputs"}
String HeosKitchen_InputSelect "Input" (gHeos)
```
Rule for kitchen:
```
rule "Play AuxIn from Living Room"
when
Item HeosKitchen_InputSelect received command
then
if (receivedCommand.toString == "aux_in_1") {
sendCommand(HeosKitchen_Input, "aux_in_1")
} if (receivedCommand.toString == "LivingRoom") {
sendCommand(HeosBridge_Play_Living, ON)
sendCommand(HeosKitchen_Input, "aux_in_1")
sendCommand(HeosBridge_Play_Living, OFF) //Switch player channel off again to be sure that it is OFF
}
```
Sitemap:
```
Switch item=HeosKitchen_InputSelect mappings=[aux_in_1 = "Aux In" , LivingRoom = "Living Room"]
```
### The Online status of Groups and Players
The online state of a Thing can be helpful for groups to control the visibility of group items within sitemap.
So if the group is removed the visibility of those items is also changed.
#### Example
First you have to define a new Item within the Item section which is used later within the Sitemap:
Items:
```
String HeosGroup_Status
```
Then we need a rule which triggers the state if an Item goes Online or Offline.
Rules:
```
rule "Online State Heos Group"
when
Thing "heos:group:1747557118" changed
then
var thingStatus = getThingStatusInfo("heos:group:1747557118")
sendCommand(HeosGroup_Status, thingStatus.getStatus.toString)
end
```
Sitemap:
```
Frame label="Heos Group" visibility=[HeosGroup_Status==ONLINE] {
Default item=HeosGroup1_Player
Default item=HeosGroup1_Volume
Default item=HeosGroup1_Mute
Default item=HeosGroup1_Favorites
Default item=HeosGroup1_Playlist
Text item=HeosGroup1_Song {
Default item=HeosGroup1_Song
Default item=HeosGroup1_Artist
Default item=HeosGroup1_Album
Image item=HeosGroup1_Cover url=""
}
}
```
### Playlists
Playlists can be played by sending the number (starts at 0!) to the binding via the playlists channel at the corresponding player or group.
To find the correct number for the playlist, please have a look to the HEOS App and see at which position the playlist you want to play is located.
#### Example
Items:
```
String HeosKitchen_Playlist "Playlists" (gHeos) {channel="heos:player:918797451:Playlists"}
```
Sitemap:
```
Switch item=HeosKitchen_Playlists mappings=[0="San Glaser", 1="Classic", 2="Beasty Boys"]
```

133
_addons_bindings/iaqualink/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
---
id: iaqualink
label: iAquaLink
title: iAquaLink - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding supports:"
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# iAquaLink Binding
This binding supports:
* Any iAquaLink based pool system
* Reading auxiliary, temperature, pump, chemistry and system values
* Controlling system, auxiliary, lighting, and temperature settings
## Binding Configuration
The binding requires the iAquaLink user name and password.
If you have more then one pool system registered to an account, you may optionally specify the pool serial ID/Number to use, otherwise the first pool controller will be used.
## Manual Thing Configuration
```
Thing iaqualink:controller:pool [ userName="user@domain.com", password="somepassword"]
```
## Channels
The following is a list of supported channels.
Auxiliary and OneTouch channels will be dynamically added depending on what a system reports as being supported.
Auxiliary channels that are of a number type represent lighting modes (typically 0-15), Auxiliary channels that are dimmer types can set the light value in increments of 25 (0,25,50,750,100). The Auxiliary channel type will be dynamically assigned based on the controller configuration.
Heater status can be OFF (0), Enabled/ON (3), or Heating (1).
| Channel Type ID | Item Type |
|---------------------|----------------------------|
| status | String |
| system_type | Number |
| temp_scale | String |
| spa_temp | Number:Temperature |
| pool_temp | Number:Temperature |
| air_temp | Number:Temperature |
| spa_set_point | Number:Temperature |
| pool_set_point | Number:Temperature |
| cover_pool | Switch |
| freeze_protection | Switch |
| spa_pump | Switch |
| pool_pump | Switch |
| spa_heater | Switch |
| pool_heater | Switch |
| solar_heater | Switch |
| spa_heater_status | Number |
| pool_heater_status | Number |
| solar_heater_status | Number |
| spa_salinity | Number |
| pool_salinity | Number |
| orp | Number |
| ph | Number |
| onetouch_1 | Switch |
| onetouch_n+1 | Switch |
| aux_1 | Switch or String or Dimmer |
| aux_n+1 | Switch or String or Dimmer |
### Color/Mood Auxiliary Channels
String auxiliary channels can control a variety of lighting moods/colors depending on what type of lighting system is installed.
The following is a table of aux_n channel values (String) to lighting set descriptions values.
The binding will automatically detect which color system is enabled and add the appropriate channel type with the following option labels.
Colors can be set, but only On or Off is reported back as the current state of the channel.
| String Value | jandy Color | Jandy Led Water Colors | Pentair SAm/SAL | Hayward Universal | Pentair intelliBrite |
|--------------|----------------|------------------------|-----------------|-------------------|----------------------|
| "off" | Off | Off | Off | Off | Off |
| "on" | On | On | On | On | On |
| "1" | Alpine White | Alpine White | White | Voodoo Lounge | SAM |
| "2" | Sky Blue | Sky Blue | Light Green | Deep Blue Sea | Party |
| "3" | Cobalt Blue | Cobalt Blue | Green | Afternoon Skies | Romance |
| "4" | Caribbean Blue | Caribbean Blue | Cyan | Emerald | Caribbean |
| "5" | Spring Green | Spring Green | Blue | Sangria | American |
| "6" | Emerald Green | Emerald Green | Lavender | Cloud White | Cal Sunset |
| "7" | Emerald Rose | Emerald Rose | Magenta | Twilight | Royal |
| "8" | Magenta | Magenta | Light Magenta | Tranquility | Blue |
| "9" | Garnet Red | Violet | Color Splash | Gemstone | Green |
| "10" | Violet | Slow Splash | | USA! | Red |
| "11" | Color Splash | Fast Splash | | Mardi Gras | White |
| "12" | | USA!!! | | Cool Caberet | Magenta |
| "13" | | Fat Tuesday | | | Hold |
| "14" | | Disco Tech | | | Recall |
## Sample Items
```
Group Group_AquaLink
String AquaLinkStatus "Status [%s]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:status"}
Switch AquaLinkBoosterPump "Booster Pump" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:aux_1"}
Switch AquaLinkPoolLight "Pool Light" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:aux_2"}
Switch AquaLinkSpaLight "Spa Light" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:aux_3"}
Switch AquaLinkVanishingEdge "Vanishing Edge" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:aux_4"}
Switch AquaLinkAllOffOneTouch "All Off" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:onetouch_1"}
Switch AquaLinkSpaOneTouch "Spa Mode" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:onetouch_2"}
Switch AquaLinkCleanOneTouch "Clean Mode" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:onetouch_3"}
Switch AquaLinkPoolOneTouch "Pool Mode" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:onetouch_4"}
Number:Temperature AquaLinkSpaTemp "Spa Temperature [%d]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:spa_temp"}
Number:Temperature AquaLinkPoolTemp "Pool Temperature [%d]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:pool_temp"}
Number:Temperature AquaLinkAirTemp "Air Temperature [%d]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:air_temp"}
Number:Temperature AquaLinkSpaSetpoint "Spa Setpoint [%d]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:spa_set_point"}
Number:Temperature AquaLinkPoolSetpoint "Pool Setpoint [%d]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:pool_set_point"}
Switch AquaLinkSpaPump "Spa Pump" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:spa_pump"}
Switch AquaLinkPoolPump"Pool Pump" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:pool_pump"}
Number AquaLinkSpaHeaterStatus "Spa Heater [%s]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:spa_heater_status"}
Number AquaLinkPoolHeaterStatus "Pool Heater [%s]" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:pool_heater_status"}
Switch AquaLinkSpaHeater "Spa Heater" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:spa_heater"}
Switch AquaLinkPoolHeater "Pool Heater" (Group_AquaLink) {channel="iaqualink:controller:pool:pool_heater"}
```

2
_addons_bindings/kodi/readme.md
View File

@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The Kodi thing supports the following channels:
| showtitle | String | Title of the currently played tv-show; empty for other types |
| album | String | Album name of the currently played song |
| artist | String | Artist name of the currently played song or director of the currently played movie |
| playuri | String | Plays the file with the provided URI |
| playuri | String | Plays the file with the provided URI. The URI can be amended by `#timestamp=<s>` where `s` is position in seconds at which the video should be started. |
| playfavorite | String | Plays or opens the favorite with the provided title (channel's state options contains available favorites) |
| pvr-open-tv | String | Opens the PVR TV channel with the provided name (channel's state options contains available PVR TV channels) |
| pvr-open-radio | String | Opens the PVR Radio channel with the provided name (channel's state options contains available PVR Radio channels) |

3
_addons_bindings/mail/readme.md
View File

@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ Since there is a separate rule action instance for each `smtp` thing, this needs
The first parameter always has to be `mail` and the second is the full Thing UID of the SMTP server that should be used.
Once this action instance is retrieved, you can invoke the action method on it.
Please note: all strings are expected to be UTF-8 encoded.
Using different character sets may produce unwanted results.
Examples:
```

10
_addons_bindings/milight/readme.md
View File

@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ configuration file.
iBox and iBox2 have the version 6, older milight bridges have the version 3.
The ID is the MAC address of the bridge in hexadecimal digits.
Bridge milight:bridgeV3:mybridge [ host="192.168.0.70", bridgeid="ACCF23A6C0B4", passwordByte1=0, passwordByte2=0 ] {
Bridge milight:bridgeV3:mybridge [ host="192.168.0.70", bridgeid="ACCF23A6C0B4", passwordByte1=0, passwordByte2=0, repeat=2, delayTime=75 ] {
Thing whiteLed myWhite [ zone="0" ]
Thing rgbwwLed myRGB [ zone="4" ]
Thing rgbLed myOldRGB [ zone="1" ]
@ -63,6 +63,14 @@ The Thing configuration for the bridge uses the following syntax
* Bridge milight:bridgeV3:<any name> &lsqb host="<IP-Address of bridge>", bridgeid="<mac>" &rsqb
* Bridge milight:bridgeV6:<any name> &lsqb host="<IP-Address of bridge>", bridgeid="<mac>", passwordByte1="<0-255>", passwordByte2="<0-255>" &rsqb
Optionally, the following parameters can be added
* repeat=<integer> (defaults to 1, if not defined)
Usually the bridge receives all commands albeit UDP is used. But the actual bulbs might be slightly out of bridge radio range and it sometimes helps to send commands multiple times.
* delayTime=<integer for ms> (defaults to 100, if not defined)
Time to wait before sending another command to the bridge. It is safe to have a wait time of 1/10s but usually sufficient to just wait 50ms. If the value is too high, commands queue up.
The Thing configuration for the bulbs uses the following syntax:
&lsqbThing&rsqb <type of bulb> <any name> &lsqb zone="<0-4>" &rsqb

2
_addons_bindings/neohub1/readme.md
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ type: binding
description: "The NeoHub binding allows you to connect openhab via TCP/IP to Heatmiser's NeoHub and integrate your NeoStat thermostats onto the bus."
source: https://github.com/openhab/openhab1-addons/blob/master/bundles/binding/org.openhab.binding.neohub/README.md
since: 1x
install: auto
install: legacy
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->

70
_addons_bindings/omnikinverter/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
---
id: omnikinverter
label: Omnik Inverter
title: Omnik Inverter - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding reads metrics from Omnik Solar Inverters."
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# Omnik Inverter Binding
This binding reads metrics from Omnik Solar Inverters.
## Supported Things
All Omniksols are expected to function, provided they have the Wifi module. At
moment of writing the _Omniksol-3.0k-TL2_ has been tested.
## Discovery
No autodiscovery available
## Thing Configuration
| Config | Description | type | Default |
| :------- | :------------ | :----- | :-------- |
| hostname | The hostname or ip through which the inverter can be accessed | string | n/a |
| port | TCP port through which the inverter listens on for incoming connections | integer | 8899 |
| serial | The serial of the wifi module. The Wifi module's SSID contains the number. This is the numerical part only, i.e. without _AP__ | integer | n/a |
## Channels
| Channel Type Id | Item Type | Description |
| :---------------- | :---------- | :------------ |
| power | Number:Power | The instantaneous power generation |
| energyToday | Number:Energy | The amount of energy generated today |
| energyTotal | Number:Energy | The total amount of energy generated |
## Full Example
### demo.things
```
Thing omnikinverter:omnik:70ecb4f0 "Solar Inverter" [ hostname="igen-wifi.lan",serial=604455290]
```
### demo.items
```
Number OmnikInverterBindingThing_InstantaneousPower "Solar Power" {channel="omnikinverter:omnik:70ecb4f0:power"}
Number OmnikInverterBindingThing_TotalGeneratedEnergyToday "Solar Energy Today" {channel="omnikinverter:omnik:70ecb4f0:energyToday"}
Number OmnikInverterBindingThing_TotalGeneratedEnergy "Solar Energy Total" {channel="omnikinverter:omnik:70ecb4f0:energyTotal"}
```
### Sitemap
```
Text item=OmnikInverterBindingThing_InstantaneousPower
Text item=OmnikInverterBindingThing_TotalGeneratedEnergyToday label="Today"
Text item=OmnikInverterBindingThing_TotalGeneratedEnergy label="Total"
```
## References
Based on the work of https://github.com/Woutrrr/Omnik-Data-Logger

90
_addons_bindings/pjlinkdevice/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
---
id: pjlinkdevice
label: PJLink
title: PJLink - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding allows you to control devices with [PJLink](https://pjlink.jbmia.or.jp/english/) support."
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# PJLink Binding
This binding allows you to control devices with [PJLink](https://pjlink.jbmia.or.jp/english/) support.
PJLink is a protocol that was developed to standardize IP control of digital projectors, but can also be used by other device types.
Aspects that can be controlled via PJLink are power on/off, input source selection and volume/mute setting.
## Supported Things
This binding supports devices which implement the PJLink protocol (Class 1).
Limitations at this point:
- only IPv4 connections are supported
- only PJLink Class 1 commands are supported. Class 2 devices should work fine nevertheless, it's just the Class 2 features that will not work.
The binding is tested with the PJLink device test tool (PJLinkTEST4CNT) and an Acer VL7680.
## Discovery
Autodiscovery is checking all IP addressess of all class C IPv4 subnets connected to the openHAB system for devices which respond PJLink compliant on the PJLink standard port 4352.
## Thing Configuration
The *pjLinkDevice* thing type has the following parameters:
| Parameter | Description |
|-----------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ipAddress | the IPv4 address of the device **Mandatory** |
| tcpPort | the listening TCP port of the devices. *Optional, the default value is 4352* |
| adminPassword | the PJLink password of the device (should be left empty for devices without authentication). *Optional* |
| refreshInterval | the polling interval (in seconds) to update the channel values from the device, can be set to 0 to disable polling. *Optional, the default value is 5* |
| refreshPower | enables polling of the power status. *Optional, the default value is false* |
| refreshMute | enables polling of the mute status. *Optional, the default value is false* |
| refreshInputChannel | enables polling of the selected input channel. *Optional, the default value is false* |
| autoReconnectInterval | seconds between connection retries when connection to the PJLink device has been lost, 0 means never retry, minimum 30s *Optional, the default value is 60* |
## Channels
| Channel | Description |
|-------------------|-------------------------------------------|
| power | Switches the device on/off |
| input | Switches the input channel of the device |
| audioMute | Mutes the device audio |
| videoMute | Mutes the device video |
## Full Example
sample.things:
```
pjLinkDevice:pjLinkDevice:MyProjector [ ipAddress="192.168.178.10" ]
```
sample.items:
```
Switch Projector_Power "Projector Power" { channel="pjLinkDevice:pjLinkDevice:MyProjector:power" }
String Projector_Input "Projector Input" { channel="pjLinkDevice:pjLinkDevice:MyProjector:input" }
Switch Projector_AudioMute "Projector Audio Mute" { channel="pjLinkDevice:pjLinkDevice:MyProjector:audioMute" }
Switch Projector_VideoMute "Projector Video Mute" { channel="pjLinkDevice:pjLinkDevice:MyProjector:videoMute" }
```
sample.sitemap:
```
sitemap sample label="Main Menu" {
Frame {
Switch item=Projector_Power
Selection item=Projector_Input
Switch item=Projector_AudioMute
Switch item=Projector_VideoMute
}
}
```

44
_addons_bindings/rfxcom/readme.md
View File

@ -169,11 +169,13 @@ This binding currently supports following channel types:
|-----------------|---------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| chimesound | Number | Id of the chime sound |
| command | Switch | Command channel. |
| commandId | Number | Id of the command (between 0 and 255). |
| commandId | Number | Id of the command (between 0 and 255). |
| commandString | String | Id of the command. |
| contact | Contact | Contact channel. |
| datetime | DateTime | DateTime channel. |
| dimminglevel | Dimmer | Dimming level channel. |
| fanspeedstring | String | Set the speed of the device, values could be device specific |
| fanlight | Switch | Enable light of Fan |
| forecast | String | Weather forecast from device: NO\_INFO\_AVAILABLE/SUNNY/PARTLY\_CLOUDY/CLOUDY/RAIN |
| tempcontrol | Rollershutter | Global control for temperature also setting ON, OFF, UP, DOWN |
| humidity | Number | Relative humidity level in percentages. |
@ -239,6 +241,7 @@ This binding currently supports the following things / message types:
* [curtain1 - RFXCOM Curtain1 Actuator](#curtain1---rfxcom-curtain1-actuator)
* [datetime - RFXCOM Date/time sensor](#datetime---rfxcom-datetime-sensor)
* [energy - RFXCOM Energy Sensor](#energy---rfxcom-energy-sensor)
* [fan - RFXCOM Fan Actuator](#fan---rfxcom-fan-actuator)
* [humidity - RFXCOM Humidity Sensor](#humidity---rfxcom-humidity-sensor)
* [lighting1 - RFXCOM Lighting1 Actuator](#lighting1---rfxcom-lighting1-actuator)
* [lighting2 - RFXCOM Lighting2 Actuator](#lighting2---rfxcom-lighting2-actuator)
@ -438,6 +441,45 @@ A DateTime device
* RTGR328N - Oregon RTGR328N
### fan - RFXCOM Fan Actuator
A group of fan devices
#### Standard Fan
A Fan device
##### Channels
| Name | Channel Type | Item Type | Remarks |
|--------------|-------------------------------------|-----------|------------------------------|
| command | [command](#channels) | Switch | |
| fanSpeed | [fanspeedstring](#channels) | String | Options: HI, MED, LOW, OFF |
| fanLight | [fanlight](#channels) | Switch | |
| signalLevel | [system.signal-strength](#channels) | Number | |
##### Configuration Options
* deviceId - Device Id
* Device id, example 47360
* subType - Sub Type
* Specifies device sub type.
* LUCCI_AIR_FAN - Lucci Air fan
* CASAFAN - Casafan
* WESTINGHOUSE_7226640 - Westinghouse 7226640
##### Example
Sitemap:
```java
Switch item=FanSwitch label="Fan"
Switch item=FanLightSwitch label="Light" mappings=[ON="On"]
Switch item=FanSpeedSwitch label="Speed" mappings=[LOW=Low, MED=Medium, HI=High]
```
### energy - RFXCOM Energy Sensor
An Energy device

354
_addons_bindings/rotel/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
---
id: rotel
label: Rotel
title: Rotel - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding can be used to control a Rotel audio device like a surround processor, a surround receiver, a stereo preamplifier, an integrated amplifier, a CD player or a tuner."
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# Rotel Binding
This binding can be used to control a Rotel audio device like a surround processor, a surround receiver, a stereo preamplifier, an integrated amplifier, a CD player or a tuner.
The binding supports different kinds of connections:
* serial connection,
* serial over IP connection,
* IP connection (for models providing a network interface).
The binding supports all kinds of Rotel protocols:
* HEX protocol,
* Old ASCII protocol (named v1 in the binding),
* Recent ASCII protocol (named v2 in the binding).
For users without serial connector on server side, of course you can add a serial to USB adapter.
You don't need to have your Rotel device directly connected to your openHAB server.
You can connect it for example to a Raspberry PI and use [ser2net Linux tool](https://sourceforge.net/projects/ser2net/) to make the serial connection available on LAN (serial over IP).
Recent devices provide a network interface (RJ45 connector).
So you can use the device IP to connect to the device, keeping 9590 as default port.
The binding has been tested with a RSP-1066 and a RSP-1570.
## Supported Things
This binding supports the following thing types:
| Thing Type | Description |
|------------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| a11 | Connection to the Rotel A11 integrated amplifier |
| a12 | Connection to the Rotel A12 integrated amplifier |
| a14 | Connection to the Rotel A14 integrated amplifier |
| cd11 | Connection to the Rotel CD11 CD player |
| cd14 | Connection to the Rotel CD14 CD player |
| ra11 | Connection to the Rotel RA-11 integrated amplifier |
| ra12 | Connection to the Rotel RA-12 integrated amplifier |
| ra1570 | Connection to the Rotel RA-1570 integrated amplifier |
| ra1572 | Connection to the Rotel RA-1572 integrated amplifier |
| ra1592 | Connection to the Rotel RA-1592 integrated amplifier |
| rap1580 | Connection to the Rotel RAP-1580 surround amplified processor |
| rc1570 | Connection to the Rotel RC-1570 stereo preamplifier |
| rc1572 | Connection to the Rotel RC-1572 stereo preamplifier |
| rc1590 | Connection to the Rotel RC-1590 stereo preamplifier |
| rcd1570 | Connection to the Rotel RCD-1570 CD player |
| rcd1572 | Connection to the Rotel RCD-1572 CD player |
| rcx1500 | Connection to the Rotel RCX-1500 stereo receiver |
| rdd1580 | Connection to the Rotel RDD-1580 stereo DAC |
| rdg1520 | Connection to the Rotel RDG-1520 tuner |
| rsp1066 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1066 surround processor |
| rsp1068 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1068 surround processor |
| rsp1069 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1069 surround processor |
| rsp1098 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1098 surround processor |
| rsp1570 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1570 surround processor |
| rsp1572 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1572 surround processor |
| rsp1576 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1576 surround processor |
| rsp1582 | Connection to the Rotel RSP-1582 surround processor |
| rsx1055 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1055 surround receiver |
| rsx1056 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1056 surround receiver |
| rsx1057 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1057 surround receiver |
| rsx1058 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1058 surround receiver |
| rsx1065 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1065 surround receiver |
| rsx1067 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1067 surround receiver |
| rsx1550 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1550 surround receiver |
| rsx1560 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1560 surround receiver |
| rsx1562 | Connection to the Rotel RSX-1562 surround receiver |
| rt09 | Connection to the Rotel RT-09 tuner |
| rt11 | Connection to the Rotel RT-11 tuner |
| rt1570 | Connection to the Rotel RT-1570 tuner |
| t11 | Connection to the Rotel T11 tuner |
| t14 | Connection to the Rotel T14 tuner |
## Discovery
Discovery is not supported.
You have to add all things manually.
## Binding Configuration
There are no overall binding configuration settings that need to be set.
All settings are through thing configuration parameters.
## Thing Configuration
The thing requires the following configuration parameters:
| Parameter Label | Parameter ID | Description | Accepted values |
|-------------------------|------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|-----------------|
| Serial Port | serialPort | Serial port to use for connecting to the Rotel device | |
| Address | host | Host name or IP address of the Rotel device (IP connection) or the machine connected to the Rotel device (serial over IP) | |
| Port | port | Communication port (IP or serial over IP). For IP connection to the Rotel device, keep the default port (9590) | |
| Protocol Version | Protocol | Choose one of the two protocol versions (depends on your device firmware). Default is ASCII_V2 | ASCII_V1 or ASCII_V2 |
| Input Label CD | inputLabelCd | Label setup for the source CD | |
| Input Label Tuner | inputLabelTuner | Label setup for the source Tuner | |
| Input Label Tape | inputLabelTape | Label setup for the source Tape | |
| Input Label USB | inputLabelUsb | Label setup for the source USB | |
| Input Label Video 1 | inputLabelVideo1 | Label setup for the source Video 1 | |
| Input Label Video 2 | inputLabelVideo2 | Label setup for the source Video 2 | |
| Input Label Video 3 | inputLabelVideo3 | Label setup for the source Video 3 | |
| Input Label Video 4 | inputLabelVideo4 | Label setup for the source Video 4 | |
| Input Label Video 5 | inputLabelVideo5 | Label setup for the source Video 5 | |
| Input Label Video 6 | inputLabelVideo6 | Label setup for the source Video 6 | |
| Input Label Multi Input | inputLabelMulti | Label setup for the source Multi Input | |
All things have the following parameters: serialPort, host and port.
Some have additional parameters listed in the next table:
| Thing Type | Parameters available in addition to serialPort, host and port |
|------------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| ra1572 | protocol (ASCII_V2 by default) |
| ra1592 | protocol (ASCII_V2 by default) |
| rc1572 | protocol (ASCII_V2 by default) |
| rcd1572 | protocol (ASCII_V2 by default) |
| rsp1066 | inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsp1068 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsp1069 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsp1098 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsp1570 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5, inputLabelMulti |
| rsp1572 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelUsb, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5, inputLabelVideo6, inputLabelMulti |
| rsx1055 | inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsx1056 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsx1057 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsx1058 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsx1065 | inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsx1067 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5 |
| rsx1550 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5, inputLabelMulti |
| rsx1560 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelTape, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5, inputLabelMulti |
| rsx1562 | inputLabelCd, inputLabelTuner, inputLabelUsb, inputLabelVideo1, inputLabelVideo2, inputLabelVideo3, inputLabelVideo4, inputLabelVideo5, inputLabelVideo6, inputLabelMulti |
Some notes:
* On Linux, you may get an error stating the serial port cannot be opened when the Rotel binding tries to load. You can get around this by adding the `openhab` user to the `dialout` group like this: `usermod -a -G dialout openhab`.
* Also on Linux you may have issues with the USB if using two serial USB devices e.g. Rotel and RFXcom. See the wiki page for more on symlinking the USB ports [](https://github.com/openhab/openhab1-addons/wiki/symlinks).
* Here is an example of ser2net.conf you can use to share your serial port /dev/ttyUSB0 on IP port 4444 using [ser2net Linux tool](https://sourceforge.net/projects/ser2net/) (take care, the baud rate is Rotel device specific):
```
4444:raw:0:/dev/ttyUSB0:19200 8DATABITS NONE 1STOPBIT
```
## Channels
The following channels are available:
| Channel ID | Label | Item Type | Description | Possible values (depends on model) |
|--------------|---------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| power, mainZone#power, zone2#power, zone3#power, zone4#power | Power | Switch | Power ON/OFF the equipment or the zone | ON, OFF |
| source, mainZone#source, zone2#source, zone3#source, zone4#source | Source Input | String | Select the source input | CD, TUNER, TAPE, VIDEO1, VIDEO2, VIDEO3, VIDEO4, VIDEO5, VIDEO6, VIDEO7, VIDEO8, USB, PCUSB, MULTI, PHONO, BLUETOOTH, AUX, AUX1, AUX2, AUX1_COAX, AUX1_OPTICAL, COAX1, COAX2, COAX3, OPTICAL1, OPTICAL2, OPTICAL3, XLR, RCD, FM, DAB, PLAYFI, IRADIO, NETWORK |
| mainZone#recordSource | Record Source | String | Select the source to be recorded | CD, TUNER, TAPE, VIDEO1, VIDEO2, VIDEO3, VIDEO4, VIDEO5, VIDEO6, USB, MAIN |
| dsp, mainZone#dsp | DSP Mode | String | Select the DSP mode | NONE, STEREO3, STEREO5, STEREO7, STEREO9, STEREO11, MUSIC1, MUSIC2, MUSIC3, MUSIC4, PROLOGIC, PLIICINEMA, PLIIMUSIC, PLIIGAME, PLIIZ, NEO6MUSIC, NEO6CINEMA, ATMOS, NEURALX, BYPASS |
| mainZone#volumeUpDown, zone2#volumeUpDown | Volume | Number | Increase or decrease the volume | INCREASE, DECREASE, value |
| volume, mainZone#volume, zone2#volume, zone3#volume, zone4#volume | Volume | Dimmer | Adjust the volume | value between 0 and 100 |
| mute, mainZone#mute, zone2#mute, zone3#mute, zone4#mute | Mute | Switch | Mute/unmute the sound | ON, OFF |
| bass, mainZone#bass | Bass Adjustment | Number | Adjust the bass | INCREASE, DECREASE, value |
| treble, mainZone#treble | Treble Adjustment | Number | Adjust the treble | INCREASE, DECREASE, value |
| playControl | Playback Control | Player | Control the playback | PLAY, PAUSE, NEXT, PREVIOUS |
| track | Current Track | Number | The current CD track number | |
| mainZone#line1 | Front Panel Line 1 | String | The first line displayed on the device front panel | |
| mainZone#line2 | Front Panel Line 2 | String | The second line displayed on the device front panel | |
| frequency | Current Frequency | Number | The current frequency (in kHz) for digital source input | |
| brightness | Front Panel Display Brightness | Dimmer | The backlight brightness level (in %) of the device front panel | |
Here are the list of channels available for each thing type:
| Thing Type | Available channels |
|------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| a11 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, brightness |
| a12 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, frequency, brightness |
| a14 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, frequency, brightness |
| cd11 | power, playControl, track, brightness |
| cd14 | power, playControl, track, brightness |
| ra11 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, playControl, frequency, brightness |
| ra12 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, playControl, frequency, brightness |
| ra1570 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, playControl, frequency, brightness |
| ra1572 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, frequency, brightness |
| ra1592 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, frequency, brightness |
| rap1580 | power, source, dsp, volume, mute, brightness |
| rc1570 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, playControl, frequency, brightness |
| rc1572 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, frequency, brightness |
| rc1590 | power, source, volume, mute, bass, treble, frequency, brightness |
| rcd1570 | power, playControl, brightness |
| rcd1572 | power, playControl, track, brightness |
| rcx1500 | power, source, volume, mute, playControl |
| rdd1580 | power, source, playControl, frequency |
| rdg1520 | power, source, playControl |
| rsp1066 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volumeUpDown, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volumeUpDown |
| rsp1068 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsp1069 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsp1098 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute |
| rsp1570 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsp1572 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsp1576 | power, source, dsp, volume, mute, brightness |
| rsp1582 | power, source, dsp, volume, mute, brightness |
| rsx1055 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volumeUpDown, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volumeUpDown |
| rsx1056 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute |
| rsx1057 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute |
| rsx1058 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsx1065 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volumeUpDown, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volumeUpDown |
| rsx1067 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute |
| rsx1550 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsx1560 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#bass, mainZone#treble, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rsx1562 | mainZone#power, mainZone#source, mainZone#recordSource, mainZone#dsp, mainZone#volume, mainZone#mute, mainZone#line1, mainZone#line2, zone2#power, zone2#source, zone2#volume, zone2#mute, zone3#power, zone3#source, zone3#volume, zone3#mute, zone4#power, zone4#source, zone4#volume, zone4#mute |
| rt09 | power, source, playControl, brightness |
| rt11 | power, source, brightness |
| rt1570 | power, source, brightness |
| t11 | power, source, brightness |
| t14 | power, source, brightness |
## Full Example
example.things using serial connection:
```
Thing rotel:rsp1066:preamp "RSP-1066" [ serialPort="COM1", inputLabelVideo1="VID 1", inputLabelVideo2="VID 2", inputLabelVideo3="VID 3", inputLabelVideo4="VID 4", inputLabelVideo5="VID 5" ]
Thing rotel:rsp1570:preamp "RSP-1570" [ serialPort="COM2" ]
Thing rotel:ra1592:preamp "RA-1592" [ serialPort="COM3" ]
Thing rotel:cd14:cd "CD14" [ serialPort="COM4" ]
```
example.things using serial over IP connection:
```
Thing rotel:rsp1066:preamp "RSP-1066" [ host="192.168.0.200", port=3000, inputLabelVideo1="VID 1", inputLabelVideo2="VID 2", inputLabelVideo3="VID 3", inputLabelVideo4="VID 4", inputLabelVideo5="VID 5" ]
Thing rotel:rsp1570:preamp "RSP-1570" [ host="192.168.0.201", port=3000, inputLabelCd="CD", inputLabelTuner="TUNER", inputLabelTape="TAPE", inputLabelVideo1="VIDEO 1", inputLabelVideo2="VIDEO 2", inputLabelVideo3="VIDEO 3", inputLabelVideo4="VIDEO 4", inputLabelVideo5="VIDEO 5", inputLabelMulti="MULTI" ]
Thing rotel:ra1592:preamp "RA-1592" [ host="192.168.0.202", port=3000, protocol="ASCII_V1" ]
Thing rotel:cd14:cd "CD14" [ host="192.168.0.203", port=3000 ]
```
example.items:
```
Switch preamp_power "Power" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#power" }
String preamp_source "Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#source" }
String preamp_rec "Record Source [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#recordSource" }
String preamp_dsp "DSP [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#dsp" }
Number preamp_volume "Volume [%d]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#volumeUpDown" }
Switch preamp_mute "Mute" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#mute" }
Number preamp_bass "Bass Adjustment [%d]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#bass" }
Number preamp_treble "Treble Adjustment [%d]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#treble" }
String preamp_panel_display "Display [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:mainZone#line1" }
Switch preamp_power_zone2 "Zone 2 Power" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:zone2#power" }
String preamp_source_zone2 "Zone 2 Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:zone2#source" }
Number preamp_volume_zone2 "Zone 2 Volume [%d]" { channel="rotel:rsp1066:preamp:zone2#volumeUpDown" }
Switch preamp2_power "Power" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#power" }
String preamp2_source "Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#source" }
String preamp2_rec "Record Source [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#recordSource" }
String preamp2_dsp "DSP [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#dsp" }
Dimmer preamp2_volume "Volume [%d %%]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#volume" }
Switch preamp2_mute "Mute" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#mute" }
Number preamp2_bass "Bass Adjustment [%d]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#bass" }
Number preamp2_treble "Treble Adjustment [%d]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#treble" }
String preamp2_panel_line1 "Display Line1 [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#line1" }
String preamp2_panel_line2 "Display Line2 [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:mainZone#line2" }
Switch preamp2_power_zone2 "Zone 2 Power" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone2#power" }
String preamp2_source_zone2 "Zone 2 Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone2#source" }
Dimmer preamp2_volume_zone2 "Zone 2 Volume [%d %%]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone2#volume" }
Switch preamp2_mute_zone2 "Zone 2 Mute" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone2#mute" }
Switch preamp2_power_zone3 "Zone 3 Power" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone3#power" }
String preamp2_source_zone3 "Zone 3 Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone3#source" }
Dimmer preamp2_volume_zone3 "Zone 3 Volume [%d %%]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone3#volume" }
Switch preamp2_mute_zone3 "Zone 3 Mute" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone3#mute" }
Switch preamp2_power_zone4 "Zone 4 Power" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone4#power" }
String preamp2_source_zone4 "Zone 4 Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone4#source" }
Dimmer preamp2_volume_zone4 "Zone 4 Volume [%d %%]" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone4#volume" }
Switch preamp2_mute_zone4 "Zone 4 Mute" { channel="rotel:rsp1570:preamp:zone4#mute" }
Switch amp_power "Power" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:power" }
String amp_source "Source Input [%s]" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:source" }
Dimmer amp_volume "Volume [%d %%]" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:volume" }
Switch amp_mute "Mute" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:mute" }
Number amp_bass "Bass Adjustment [%d]" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:bass" }
Number amp_treble "Treble Adjustment [%d]" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:treble" }
Dimmer amp_brightness "Display brightness" { channel="rotel:ra1592:preamp:brightness" }
Switch cd_power "Power" { channel="rotel:cd14:cd:power" }
Player cd_control "Playback" { channel="rotel:cd14:cd:power" }
Number cd_track "Track [%d]" { channel="rotel:cd14:cd:power" }
Dimmer cd_brightness "Display brightness" { channel="rotel:cd14:cd:brightness" }
```
example.sitemap:
```
Switch item=preamp_power
Selection item=preamp_source
Selection item=preamp_rec
Selection item=preamp_dsp
Setpoint item=preamp_volume minValue=0 maxValue=90
Switch item=preamp_mute
Setpoint item=preamp_bass minValue=-12 maxValue=12 step=2
Setpoint item=preamp_treble minValue=-12 maxValue=12 step=2
Text item=preamp_panel_display
Switch item=preamp_power_zone2
Selection item=preamp_source_zone2
Switch item=preamp2_power
Selection item=preamp2_source
Selection item=preamp2_rec
Selection item=preamp2_dsp
Slider item=preamp2_volume
Switch item=preamp2_mute
Setpoint item=preamp2_bass minValue=-6 maxValue=6
Setpoint item=preamp2_treble minValue=-6 maxValue=6
Text item=preamp2_panel_line1
Text item=preamp2_panel_line2
Switch item=preamp2_power_zone2
Selection item=preamp2_source_zone2
Slider item=preamp2_volume_zone2
Switch item=preamp2_mute_zone2
Switch item=preamp2_power_zone3
Selection item=preamp2_source_zone3
Slider item=preamp2_volume_zone3
Switch item=preamp2_mute_zone3
Switch item=preamp2_power_zone4
Selection item=preamp2_source_zone4
Slider item=preamp2_volume_zone4
Switch item=preamp2_mute_zone4
Switch item=amp_power
Selection item=amp_source
Slider item=amp_volume
Switch item=amp_mute
Slider item=amp_bass minValue=-10 maxValue=10
Slider item=amp_treble minValue=-10 maxValue=10
Slider item=amp_brightness
Switch item=cd_power
Default item=cd_control
Text item=cd_track
Slider item=cd_brightness
```

56
_addons_bindings/satel/readme.md
View File

@ -27,14 +27,15 @@ This binding supports following thing types:
| Thing type | Description |
|------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ethm-1 | Ethernet bridge, supports [ETHM-1](https://www.satel.pl/pl/product/115/) and [ETHM-1 Plus](https://www.satel.pl/pl/product/698/) modules |
| int-rs | RS-232 bridge, supports [INT-RS](https://www.satel.pl/pl/product/123/) and [INT-RS Plus](https://www.satel.pl/pl/product/664/) modules |
| ethm-1 | Ethernet bridge, supports [ETHM-1](https://www.satel.pl/en/product/115/) and [ETHM-1 Plus](https://www.satel.pl/en/product/698/) modules |
| int-rs | RS-232 bridge, supports [INT-RS](https://www.satel.pl/en/product/123/) and [INT-RS Plus](https://www.satel.pl/en/product/664/) modules |
| partition | Set of zones representing some physical area or logical relation |
| zone | A physical device: reed switch, motion sensor or a virtual zone |
| output | An output defined in the system |
| shutter | Two outputs that control a roller shutter, one for "up" direction, another one for "down" |
| system | A virtual thing describing general status of the alarm system |
| event-log | A virtual thing that allows reading records from the alarm system event log |
| atd-100 | Wireless temperature detector [ATD-100](https://www.satel.pl/en/produktid/503) |
## Discovery
@ -101,9 +102,10 @@ Thing partition partition1 [ id=1, forceArming=true ]
You can configure the following settings for a zone:
| Name | Required | Description |
|-------------|----------|--------------------------------|
|-------------|----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| id | yes | Zone number |
| invertState | no | Changes active (ON) state to 0 |
| wireless | no | This zone is monitored by a wireless detector like APD-100, AFD-100, etc |
Example:
@ -116,15 +118,16 @@ Thing zone zone1 [ id=1 ]
You can configure the following settings for an output:
| Name | Required | Description |
|-------------|----------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
|-------------|----------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| id | yes | Output number |
| invertState | no | Changes active (ON) state to 0 |
| commandOnly | no | Accepts commands only, does not update state of the thing |
| wireless | no | This output controls a wireless device like ASP-100 R, ASW-100 E, etc |
Example:
```
Thing output output1 [ id=1, invertState=true ]
Thing output output1 [ id=1, invertState=true, wireless=false ]
```
### shutter
@ -163,6 +166,21 @@ Example:
Thing event-log EventLog [ ]
```
### atd-100
You can configure the following settings for this thing:
| Name | Required | Description |
|---------|----------|------------------------------------------------------------|
| id | yes | Zone number in the alarm system monitored by this detector |
| refresh | no | Polling interval in minutes, defaults to 15 |
Example:
```
Thing atd-100 KitchenTemp [ id=10, refresh=30 ]
```
## Channels
### partition
@ -191,7 +209,7 @@ Thing event-log EventLog [ ]
### zone
| Name | Type | Description |
|------------------------|--------|------------------------|
|------------------------|--------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| violation | Switch | Violation |
| tamper | Switch | Tamper |
| alarm | Switch | Alarm |
@ -204,12 +222,16 @@ Thing event-log EventLog [ ]
| isolate | Switch | Isolate |
| masked | Switch | Masked |
| masked_memory | Switch | Masked memory |
| device_lobatt | Switch | Indicates low battery level in the wireless device |
| device_nocomm | Switch | Indicates communication troubles with the wireless device |
### output
| Name | Type | Description |
|-------|--------|---------------------|
|---------------|--------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| state | Switch | State of the output |
| device_lobatt | Switch | Indicates low battery level in the wireless device |
| device_nocomm | Switch | Indicates communication troubles with the wireless device |
### shutter
@ -240,6 +262,14 @@ Thing event-log EventLog [ ]
| description | String | Textual description of the event. |
| details | String | Details about the event, usually list of objects related to the event. |
### atd-100
| Name | Type | Description |
|---------------|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| temperature | Number:Temperature | Current temperature in the zone |
| device_lobatt | Switch | Indicates low battery level in the wireless device |
| device_nocomm | Switch | Indicates communication troubles with the wireless device |
## Full Example
### satel.things
@ -253,6 +283,8 @@ Bridge satel:ethm-1:home [ host="192.168.0.2", refresh=1000, userCode="1234", en
Thing shutter KitchenWindow [ upId=2, downId=3 ]
Thing system System [ ]
Thing event-log EventLog [ ]
Thing output Siren [ id=17, wireless=true ]
Thing atd-100 KitchenTemp [ id=10, refresh=30 ]
}
```
@ -277,6 +309,11 @@ Number EVENT_LOG_PREV "Event log - previous index [%d]" (Satel) { channel="satel
DateTime EVENT_LOG_TIME "Event log - time [%1$tF %1$tR]" (Satel) { channel="satel:event-log:home:EventLog:timestamp" }
String EVENT_LOG_DESCR "Event log - description [%s]" (Satel) { channel="satel:event-log:home:EventLog:description" }
String EVENT_LOG_DET "Event log - details [%s]" (Satel) { channel="satel:event-log:home:EventLog:details" }
Switch SIREN_LOBATT "Siren: low battery level" (Satel) { channel="satel:output:home:Siren:device_lobatt" }
Switch SIREN_NOCOMM "Siren: no communication" (Satel) { channel="satel:output:home:Siren:device_nocomm" }
Number:Temperature KITCHEN_TEMP "Kitchen temperature [%.1f °C]" <temperature> (Satel) { channel="satel:atd-100:home:KitchenTemp:temperature" }
Switch KITCHEN_TEMP_LOBATT "Kitchen sensor: low battery" (Satel) { channel="satel:atd-100:home:KitchenTemp:device_lobatt" }
Switch KITCHEN_TEMP_NOCOMM "Kitchen sensor: no communication" (Satel) { channel="satel:atd-100:home:KitchenTemp:device_nocomm" }
```
### satel.sitemap
@ -291,10 +328,15 @@ Frame label="Alarm system" {
Switch item=LIVING_ALARM
Switch item=BEDROOM_TAMPER
Switch item=BEDROOM_TAMPER_M
Switch item=SIREN_LOBATT
Switch item=SIREN_NOCOMM
}
Frame label="Kitchen" {
Switch item=KITCHEN_LAMP
Rollershutter item=KITCHEN_BLIND
Text item=KITCHEN_TEMP
Switch item=KITCHEN_TEMP_LOBATT
Switch item=KITCHEN_TEMP_NOCOMM
}
Text label="Keypad" icon="settings" {
Switch item=KEYPAD_CHAR mappings=[ "1"="1", "2"="2", "3"="3" ]

BIN
_addons_bindings/sinope/doc/openhab.png Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 13 KiB

157
_addons_bindings/sinope/readme.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
---
id: sinope
label: Sinopé
title: Sinopé - Bindings
type: binding
description: "The integration happens through the Sinopé (GT150) bridge, which acts as an IP gateway to the Sinopé devices on the 916 Mhz ISM band."
since: 2x
install: auto
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->
{% include base.html %}
# Sinopé Binding
The integration happens through the Sinopé (GT150) bridge, which acts as an IP gateway to the Sinopé devices on the 916 Mhz ISM band.
This binding supports multiple gateways with multiple devices.
## Supported Things
The Sinopé bridge is required as a "bridge" for accessing any other Sinopé devices.
Right now, only the thermostat devices (3000W and 4000W) (TH1120RF) are supported.
## Discovery
The Sinopé Gateway (bridge) discovery is not supported for now.
It will be added in future release.
The Sinopé devices discovery is implemented.
## Prerequisites
### Bridge or the Sinopé Gateway
First, you will need to get your API key from your Sinopé gateway.
Grab the latest release of the [sinope-core library](<https://github.com/chaton78/sinope-core/releases>)
On Windows, you can run the SinopeProtocol.exe (in the zip release).
The gateway parameter is written on the back of the SinopéGateway (example, 002f-c2c2-dd88-aaaa).
The addr parameter is the IP given to your gateway.
```
SinopeProtocol.exe -addr [YOUR_GATEWAY_IP_OR_HOSTNAME] -gateway [YOUR_GATEWAY_ID] -login
Getting API Key - PRESS WEB Button
Your api Key is: 0x12 0x57 0x55 0xD5 0xCD 0x4A 0xD5 0x33
```
On other operating systems, using only a JVM, you can invoke directly the java command from the latest release of the [sinope-core library](<https://github.com/chaton78/sinope-core/releases>):
```
java -jar core-0.0.3-shaded.jar -addr [YOUR_GATEWAY_IP_OR_HOSTNAME] -gateway [YOUR_GATEWAY_ID] -login
Getting API Key - PRESS WEB Button
Your api Key is: 0x12 0x57 0x55 0xD5 0xCD 0x4A 0xD5 0x33
```
### Thing Discovery
You can use the same procedure to discover each device you want to use.
You will need to provide the api key from the previous step.
If you use spaces, please, use double quotes to pass the api key (i.e. "0x12 0x57 0x55 0xD5 0xCD 0x4A 0xD5 0x33")
Use the device procedure to discover it.
For a thermostat, you need to push both buttons.
The application will loop forever, press ctrl-c to exit.
```
SinopeProtocol.exe -addr [YOUR_GATEWAY_IP_OR_HOSTNAME] -gateway [YOUR_GATEWAY_ID] -api "[YOUR_API_KEY]" -discover
It is now time to push both buttons on your device!
Press crtl-c to exit!
Your device id is: 0x00 0x00 0x35 0x86
It is now time to push both buttons on your device!
Press crtl-c to exit!
```
On other operating systems, using only a JVM, you can invoke directly the java command:
```
java -jar core-0.0.3-shaded.jar -addr [YOUR_GATEWAY_IP_OR_HOSTNAME] -gateway [YOUR_GATEWAY_ID] -api "[YOUR_API_KEY]" -discover
It is now time to push both buttons on your device!
Press crtl-c to exit!
Your device id is: 0x00 0x00 0x35 0x86
It is now time to push both buttons on your device!
Press crtl-c to exit!
```
## Thing Configuration
The Sinopé bridge requires the address, the gateway id and the API key in order for the binding to know where and how to access it.
In the thing file, this looks e.g. like
```
Bridge sinope:gateway:home [ hostname="[YOUR_GATEWAY_IP_OR_HOSTNAME]", gatewayId="[YOUR_GATEWAY_ID]", apiKey="0x1F 0x5D 0xC8 0xD5 0xCD 0x3A 0xD7 0x23"]
```
The devices are identified by the ids that a Sinopé device returns when you have discovered it.
```
thermostat room [ deviceId = "0x00 0x00 0x35 0x86" ]
```
## Channels
Thermostat devices support some of the following channels:
Channel Type ID | Item Type | Description
---------------------|-------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
insideTemperature | Number (R) | Inside Temperature |
outsideTemperature | Number (R) | Outside Temperature |
setpointTemperature | Number (RW) | Set Point Temperature |
setpointMode | String (RW) | Thermostat set point mode |
heatingLevel | Number (R) | Heating Level |
## Full Example
In this example setup the Sinopé Gateway is represented as a Bridge **Home** with thermostat **Room**
### demo.things:
```
Bridge sinope:gateway:home [ hostname="sinope", gatewayId="1234-4567-1234-1234", apiKey="0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78 0x9A 0xBC 0xDE 0xF0"] {
thermostat room [ deviceId = "00003586" ]
}
```
### demo.items:
```
Number Room_In "Room Temp. [%.2f °C]" <temperature> { channel="sinope:thermostat:home:room:insideTemperature" }
Number Room_Out "Outside Temp. [%.2f °C]" <temperature> { channel="sinope:thermostat:home:room:outsideTemperature" }
Number Room_SetPoint "Room Set Point [%.2f °C]" <temperature> { channel="sinope:thermostat:home:room:setpointTemperature" }
Number Room_SetPointMode "Room Set Point Mode" { channel="sinope:thermostat:home:room:setpointMode" }
Number Room_HeatLevel "Room Heating level [%d]" <heating> { channel="sinope:thermostat:home:room:heatingLevel" }
```
### demo.sitemap:
```
sitemap demo label="Main Menu"
{
Frame label="Sinope" {
Text item=Room_In
Text item=Room_Out
Setpoint item=Room_SetPoint label="Set Point [%.1f °C]" step=0.5 minValue=5 maxValue=35
Switch item=Room_SetPointMode mappings=[2=Manual, 3=Auto, 5=Away]
Slider item=Room_HeatLevel
}
}
```
### UI Example
![Example](doc/openhab.png)

2
_addons_bindings/snmp1/readme.md
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ type: binding
description: "The SNMP binding allows SNMP GET (polling) and SNMP SET (commanding), and the reception of SNMP TRAPs (asynchronous events). SNMP is often found in network equipment, and the binding can be used to ensure your network is operating correctly. The out binding can be used to configure network settings."
source: https://github.com/openhab/openhab1-addons/blob/master/bundles/binding/org.openhab.binding.snmp/README.md
since: 1x
install: auto
install: legacy
---
<!-- Attention authors: Do not edit directly. Please add your changes to the appropriate source repository -->

6
_addons_bindings/spotify/readme.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
id: spotify
label: for Spotify and Spotify Connect Devices
title: for Spotify and Spotify Connect Devices - Bindings
label: Spotify
title: Spotify - Bindings
type: binding
description: "This binding implements a bridge to the Spotify Player Web API and makes it possible to discover Spotify Connect Devices available on your Spotify Premium account."
since: 2x
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ install: auto
{% include base.html %}
# Binding for Spotify and Spotify Connect Devices
# Spotify Binding
This binding implements a bridge to the Spotify Player Web API and makes it possible to discover Spotify Connect Devices available on your Spotify Premium account.

32
_addons_bindings/tplinksmarthome/readme.md
View File

@ -257,10 +257,10 @@ Manually starting a discovery can also be used to set the ip address directly in
The thing has the following configuration parameters:
| Parameter | Description |
|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|--------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| deviceId | The id of the device. |
| ipAddress | IP Address of the device. |
| refresh | Refresh interval in seconds. Optional, the default value is 30 seconds. |
| refresh | Refresh interval in seconds. Optional. The default is 30 seconds, and 1 second for switches. |
| transitionPeriod | Duration of state changes in milliseconds, only for light bulbs, default 0. |
Either `deviceId` or `ipAddress` must be set.
@ -270,17 +270,18 @@ Either `deviceId` or `ipAddress` must be set.
All devices support some of the following channels:
| Channel Type ID | Item Type | Description | Thing types supporting this channel |
|------------------|-----------|----------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|---------------------|--------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| switch | Switch | Switch the Smart Home device on or off. | HS100, HS103, HS105, HS107, HS110, HS200, HS210, HS300, KP100, KP200, KP400, RE270K, RE370K |
| brightness | Dimmer | Set the brightness of Smart Home device or dimmer. | HS220, KB100, KL110, KL120, LB100, LB110, LB120, LB200 |
| colorTemperature | Dimmer | Set the color temperature of Smart Home light. | KB130, KL120, KL130, LB120, LB130, LB230 |
| colorTemperature | Dimmer | Set the color temperature in percentage. | KB130, KL120, KL130, LB120, LB130, LB230 |
| colorTemperatureAbs | Number | Set the color temperature in Kelvin. | KB130, KL120, KL130, LB120, LB130, LB230 |
| color | Color | Set the color of the Smart Home light. | KB130, KL130, LB130, LB230 |
| power | Number | Actual energy usage in Watt. | HS110, HS300, KLxxx, LBxxx |
| eneryUsage | Number | Energy Usage in kWh. | HS110, HS300 |
| current | Number | Actual current usage in Ampere. | HS110, HS300 |
| voltage | Number | Actual voltage usage in Volt. | HS110, HS300 |
| power | Number:Power | Actual energy usage in Watt. | HS110, HS300, KLxxx, LBxxx |
| eneryUsage | Number:Energy | Energy Usage in kWh. | HS110, HS300 |
| current | Number:ElectricCurrent | Actual current usage in Ampere. | HS110, HS300 |
| voltage | Number:ElectricPotential | Actual voltage usage in Volt. | HS110, HS300 |
| led | Switch | Switch the status led on the device on or off. | HS100, HS103, HS105, HS107, HS110, HS200, HS210, HS220, HS300, KP100, KP200, KP400 |
| rssi | Number | Wi-Fi signal strength indicator in dBm. | All |
| rssi | Number:Power | Wi-Fi signal strength indicator in dBm. | All |
The outlet devices (HS107, HS300, KP200, KP400) have group channels.
This means the channel is prefixed with the group id.
@ -291,6 +292,15 @@ The following group ids are available:
| groupSwitch | General channels. e.g. `groupSwitch#switch` |
| outlet&lt;number> | The outlet to control. &lt;number> is the number of the outlet (starts with 1). e.g. `outlet1#switch` |
### Channel Refresh
When the thing receives a `RefreshType` command the channel state is updated from an internal cache.
This cache is updated per refresh interval as configured in the thing.
However for some use cases it's preferable to set the refresh interval higher than the default.
For example for switches the 1 second refresh interval may cause a burden to the network traffic.
Therefore if the refresh interval for switches is set to a value higher than 5 seconds, and for the other devices higher than 1 minute.
Than the a `RefreshType` command will fetch the device state and update the internal cache.
## Full Example
### tplinksmarthome.things:
@ -307,9 +317,9 @@ tplinksmarthome:lb130:bulb2 "Living Room Bulb 2" [ deviceId="00000000000000000
```
Switch TP_L_TV "TV" { channel="tplinksmarthome:hs100:tv:switch" }
Switch TP_L_Laptop "Laptop" { channel="tplinksmarthome:hs300:laptop:outlet1#switch" }
Number TP_L_RSSI "Signal [%d] dB" <signal> { channel="tplinksmarthome:hs100:tv:rssi" }
Number:Power TP_L_RSSI "Signal [%d %unit%]" <signal> { channel="tplinksmarthome:hs100:tv:rssi" }
Dimmer TP_LB_Bulb "Dimmer [%d %%]" <slider> { channel="tplinksmarthome:lb110:bulb1:brightness" }
Dimmer TP_LB_ColorT "Color Temperature [%d] %%" <slider> { channel="tplinksmarthome:lb130:bulb2:colorTemperature" }
Dimmer TP_LB_ColorT "Color Temperature [%d %%]" <slider> { channel="tplinksmarthome:lb130:bulb2:colorTemperature" }
Color TP_LB_Color "Color" <slider> { channel="tplinksmarthome:lb130:bulb2:color" }
Switch TP_LB_ColorS "Switch" { channel="tplinksmarthome:lb130:bulb2:color" }
```

8
_addons_bindings/tradfri/readme.md
View File

@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ This binding integrates the IKEA TRÅDFRI gateway and devices connected to it (s
Beside the gateway (thing type "gateway"), the binding currently supports colored bulbs, dimmable warm white bulbs as well as white spectrum bulbs and control outlets.
The binding also supports read-only data from remote controls and motion sensors (e.g. the battery status).
The TRÅDFRI controller and sensor devices currently cannot be observed right away.
We assume that they are communicating directly with the bulbs or lamps without routing their commands through the gateway.
The TRÅDFRI controller and sensor devices currently cannot be observed right away because they are communicating directly with the bulbs or lamps without routing their commands through the gateway.
This makes it nearly impossible to trigger events for pressed buttons.
We only can access some static data like the present status or battery level.
@ -55,8 +54,9 @@ The following matrix lists the capabilities (channels) for each of the supported
For first pairing - the gateway requires a `host` parameter for the hostname or IP address and a `code`, which is the security code that is printed on the bottom of the gateway.
Optionally, a `port` can be configured, but any standard gateway uses the default port 5684.
The gateway requires at least firmware version 1.2.42 to connect to this binding.
The `code` is used during the initialization for retrieving unique identity and pre-shared key from the gateway (fw version 1.2.0042 onwards) and then it's discarded from the configuration. The newly created authentication data is stored in advanced parameters `identity` and `preSharedKey`.
The `code` is used during the initialization for retrieving unique identity and pre-shared key from the gateway and then it's discarded from the configuration. The newly created authentication data is stored in advanced parameters `identity` and `preSharedKey`.
On each initialization if the code is present in the thing configuration - the `identity` and `preSharedKey` are recreated and the `code` is again discarded.
The devices require only a single (integer) parameter, which is their instance id. Unfortunately, this is not displayed anywhere in the IKEA app, but it seems that they are sequentially numbered starting with 65537 for the first device. If in doubt, use the auto-discovered things to find out the correct instance ids.
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Brightness can be changed with the `color` channel.
The remote control and the motion sensor supports the `battery_level` and `battery_low` channels for reading the battery status.
The control outlet supports the 'power' channel.
The control outlet supports the `power` channel.
Refer to the matrix above.

14
_addons_bindings/zigbee/readme.md
View File

@ -201,18 +201,20 @@ The thing type is ```coordinator_xbee```. Other XBee S2C devices should also be
The following devices have been tested by openHAB users with the binding. The absence of a device in this list does not mean it will not work - if the device is a standard ZigBee device similar to ones on this list, then it should work.
| Device | Description |
|------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------|
| ---------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- |
| Busch-Jaeger 6711 U | Relay Insert |
| Busch-Jaeger 6715 U | LED-Dimmer Insert |
| Busch-Jaeger 6735 | Control Element (1-channel) |
| Busch-Jaeger 6735/01 | Control Element (1-channel, battery-operated) |
| Busch-Jaeger 6736 | Control Element (2-channel) |
| Eurotronic Spirit Thermostat | Radiator Thermostat |
| GE Bulbs | |
| GE Tapt Wall Switch | On/Off Switch |
| Hue Bulbs | Color LED Bulb |
| Hue Dimmer | Hue Dimmer Switch Remote *note2* |
| Hue Dimmer | Hue Dimmer Switch Remote *[<sup>[2]</sup>](#note2)* |
| Hue Motion Sensor | Motion and Luminance sensor |
| Innr Bulbs | *note1* |
| Innr Bulbs | *[<sup>[1]</sup>](#note1)* |
| Innr SP 120 | Smart Plug *[<sup>[1]</sup>](#note1)* |
| Osram Bulbs | |
| Osram Motion Sensor | Osram Smart+ Motion Sensor |
| SmartThings Plug | Metered Plug |
@ -223,7 +225,7 @@ The following devices have been tested by openHAB users with the binding. The ab
| Tradfri Motion Sensor | |
| Tradfri Outlet | |
| Tradfri Repeater | |
| Trust Bulbs | *note1* |
| Trust Bulbs | *[<sup>[1]</sup> ](#note1)* |
| Ubisys modules | D1 Dimmer, S1/S2 Switch modules |
| Xiaomi Aqara Door and Window Sensor | |
| Xiaomi Aqara Temperature and Humidity Sensor | |
@ -232,9 +234,9 @@ The following devices have been tested by openHAB users with the binding. The ab
| Xiaomi Aqara Wireless Remote Switch | Double Rocker variant |
| Shenzhen Ksentry Electronics On Off Controller | Relay |
Note 1: Some bulbs may not work with the Telegesis dongle.
<a name="note1"></a> *Note 1: Some devices may not work with the Telegesis dongle.*
Note 2: The Hue Dimmer can be integrated but needs additional rule-configuration to work properly. See below for example.
<a name="note2"></a> *Note 2: The Hue Dimmer can be integrated but needs additional rule-configuration to work properly. See below for example.*
## Discovery

198
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/abus/shbw10000_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: SHBW10000 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# SHBW10000 PIR Multisensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *SHBW10000*, manufactured by *ABUS Security-Center GmbH & Co. KG * with the thing type UID of ```abus_shbw10000_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Motion Detector*, defining Motion sensors/detectors.
![SHBW10000 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1103/1103_default.jpg)
The SHBW10000 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
The SHBW10000 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
The SHBW10000 was developed for use in home automation systems that use the Z-Wave wireless standard.
The multisensor has the following sensors:
* PIR
* temperature
* atmospheric humidity
* lights
The motion sensor lets you know when something moves within a certain range and can then trigger various scenes/actions.
The device also reports the current room temperature, humidity and illuminance.
In conjunction with configurable scenes, smart functions can also be initiated in addition to monitoring, e.g. if temperature <20 degrees, heating on.
### Inclusion Information
Click the + (Add) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.
Press the Button on the device once.
The App will show if the Add device process was successful. The Status LED will light up for 2 seconds.
Repeat the inclusion process if it was not successful.
### Exclusion Information
Click the - (Remove) button in your Z-Wave App and follow the further instructions.
Press the Button on the device once.
The App will show if the Remove device process was successful.
Repeat the exclusion process if it was not successful.
### Wakeup Information
The SHBW10000 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
If included:
The device sends a wake up notification command to the node devices which are connected by a wake up command.
The LED will light up when information is received, and will go out when there is no exchange for 10 seconds.
If not included: nothing
### General Usage Information
Keep pressing the Button on the device for more than 5 seconds (the flash interval of the Status LED is now accelerated)
The device is now restored to factory settings
Note: This procedure should only be used if the primary gateway is not capable of acting.
If the device is set to the factory setting, the status is set to "not included", the association settings and possible configurations are reset to default.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the SHBW10000 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | | Number |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (luminance)
Indicates the current light reading.
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel is of type ```sensor_luminance``` and supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (relative humidity)
Indicates the current relative humidity.
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel is of type ```sensor_relhumidity``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Alarm (burglar)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The SHBW10000 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Reports
* Z-Wave Plus Lifeline Notification Report: Sensor will send Notification Report when Motion Detection Unknown Location and (Event inactive).
* Multilevel Sensor Report: Sensor will send Multilevel Sensor Report (Temperature, humidity, luminance) interval of 2 hours.
* Battery Report. Sensor will send Battery Report when the battery level is low and the battery report’s value is 255 (0xFF).
* Device Reset Locally.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Send Basic Set when PIR trigger
Send Basic Set when PIR trigger
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_MULTILEVEL_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V8| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual SHBW10000](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1103/ABUS-SHBW10000-BDA-EN-1-3-v2-.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/1103).

6
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw100_1_10.md
View File

@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ The ZW100 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other ro
## Overview
Battery or USB powered PIR motion sensor, operating distance: Up to 500 feet/150 metres outdoors.
Battery or USB powered PIR motion sensor,
operating distance: Up to 500 feet/150 metres outdoors.
### Inclusion Information
@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100 -:
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Motion Alarm | alarm_motion | alarm_motion | Motion | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.

18
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw122_0_0.md
View File

@ -53,19 +53,19 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW122 -:
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | Fire | Switch |
| Alarm (flood) | alarm_flood | alarm_flood | Water | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
| Alarm (flood) 1 | alarm_flood1 | alarm_flood | Water | Switch |
| Alarm (flood) 2 | alarm_flood2 | alarm_flood | Water | Switch |
### Sensor (temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel and is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Alarm (burglar)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel and is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Alarm (heat)
Indicates if a heat alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_heat``` channel and is of type ```alarm_heat``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Fire``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_heat``` channel is of type ```alarm_heat``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Fire``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Alarm (flood)
Indicates if the flood alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_flood``` channel and is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_flood``` channel is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -99,12 +99,14 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Channel type information on this channel is not found.
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
### Alarm (flood) 1
Indicates if the flood alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_flood1``` channel and is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_flood1``` channel is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Alarm (flood) 2
Indicates if the flood alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_flood2``` channel and is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_flood2``` channel is of type ```alarm_flood``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Water``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:

9
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/p1dongle_0_0.md
View File

@ -119,7 +119,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The P1-dongle supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

142
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/building36/adcs2000tra_0_0.md
View File

@ -74,13 +74,151 @@ This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the lo
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the ADC-S2000-T-RA.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Wake Up Period | Seconds to stay awake following button press |
| 2 | Low Battery Level | Battery level |
| 3 | Temperature Reporting Threshold | Tenths of a degree Fahrenheit. A value of 10 would be 1.0F. |
| 4 | Configuration Bitmask | Configuration Bitmask |
| 5 | Battery Reporting Interval | Battery Reporting Interval |
| 7 | Temperature Reporting Interval | Temperature Reporting Interval |
| 8 | Temperature Calibration Offset | Temperature Calibration Offset |
| 9 | Mandatory Temperature Reporting Interval | Mandatory Temperature Reporting Interval |
| | Wakeup Interval | Sets the interval at which the device will accept commands from the controller |
| | Wakeup Node | Sets the node ID of the device to receive the wakeup notifications |
### Parameter 1: Wake Up Period
Seconds to stay awake following button press
Values in the range 10 to 32768 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```32768```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Low Battery Level
Battery level
Values in the range 1000 to 2500 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2500```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Temperature Reporting Threshold
Tenths of a degree Fahrenheit. A value of 10 would be 1.0F.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Configuration Bitmask
Configuration Bitmask
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Will not send temperature reports |
| 2 | Send reports when the temperature changes. |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2``` (Send reports when the temperature changes.).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Battery Reporting Interval
Battery Reporting Interval
Number of wake up intervals between autonomous battery reports. The wake up interval is set in the Wake Up Command Class.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```255```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Temperature Reporting Interval
Temperature Reporting Interval
The number of wake up intervals between autonomous temperature reports.
If this value is zero, autonomous temperature reporting based on wake up interval is disabled.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Temperature Calibration Offset
Temperature Calibration Offset
Tenths of a degree Fahrenheit. A value of 10 would be 1.0F.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range -100 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Mandatory Temperature Reporting Interval
Mandatory Temperature Reporting Interval
The number of seconds between temperature reports.
Values in the range 60 to 64800 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```64800```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Wakeup Interval
The wakeup interval sets the period at which the device will listen for messages from the controller. This is required for battery devices that sleep most of the time in order to conserve battery life. The device will wake up at this interval and send a message to the controller to tell it that it can accept messages - after a few seconds, it will go back to sleep if there is no further communications.
This setting is defined in *seconds*. It is advisable not to set this interval too short or it could impact battery life. A period of 1 hour (3600 seconds) is suitable in most instances.
Note that this setting does not affect the devices ability to send sensor data, or notification events.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```wakeup_interval``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Wakeup Node
When sleeping devices wake up, they send a notification to a listening device. Normally, this device is the network controller, and normally the controller will set this automatically to its own address.
In the event that the network contains multiple controllers, it may be necessary to configure this to a node that is not the main controller. This is an advanced setting and should not be changed without a full understanding of the impact.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```wakeup_node``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The ADC-S2000-T-RA supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Sensor Multilevel Temperature Report.
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

24
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cbcc/swzcs1_0_0.md
View File

@ -17,21 +17,32 @@ The SW-ZCS-1 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/236) to improve the documentation.
The wall switch is in “Gateway” Mode as soon as it is added in a Z-Wave® network managed by a home automation gateway.
The wall switch becomes then the gateway’s assistant, capable to launch up to 16 different scenes through it (SCENE Profile) or directly associated to your Z-Wave® compatible devices (MONO or DUO Profile).
### Inclusion Information
1. Simultaneously push on 1 and 2, during 1sec. The LED glows in pink to confirm the selection
2. Push on 1, within 10 seconds. The LED blinks in pink to confirm your choice The LED blinks in green to confirm the procedure
### Exclusion Information
1. Simultaneously push on 1 and 2, during 1sec. The LED glows in pink to confirm the selection
2. Push on 1, within 10 seconds. The LED blinks in pink to confirm your choice The LED blinks in green to confirm the procedure
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the SW-ZCS-1 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
@ -105,6 +116,7 @@ Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |

11
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/centralite/3210l_0_0.md
View File

@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the 3210-L -:
### Switch [Deprecated]
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel and is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
**Note:** This channel is marked as deprecated so should not be used.
@ -52,7 +52,14 @@ The device has no configuration parameters defined.
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The 3210-L supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

34
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9540n_0_0.md
View File

@ -38,39 +38,35 @@ To exclude this device from a Z-Wave network, select the command on your Z-Wave
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9540-N -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Dimmer Ramp Time | config_decimal | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Local Device Protection | protection_local | | Number |
| Indicator Light Control | indicator_level | | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Dimmer Ramp Time | config_decimal | config_decimal | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
| Local Device Protection | protection_local | protection_local | | Number |
| Indicator Light Control | indicator_level | indicator_level | | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Dimmer Ramp Time
Generic class for configuration parameter.
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```config_decimal``` channel is of type ```config_decimal``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -80,10 +76,9 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Local Device Protection
Sets the local protection mode.
The ```protection_local``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```protection_local``` channel is of type ```protection_local``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
@ -93,10 +88,9 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
| 2 | No operation possible |
### Indicator Light Control
Sets the indicator brightness.
The ```indicator_level``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item.
The ```indicator_level``` channel is of type ```indicator_level``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item.

223
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9601_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9601 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9601 Z-Wave Plus wireless switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9601*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9601_00_000```.
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions below 255.0
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![RF9601 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1099/1099_default.png)
The RF9601 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
The Z-Wave Plus wireless switch replaces regular switches or dimmers (where a neutral is present) to provide local and remote ON/OFF control for LED, CFL, incandescent, magnetic low-voltage, electronic low-voltage, and fluorescent lighting loads. The Z-Wave Plus wireless switch provides other programmable functions (scenes, events, association, child lockout, etc.) when used with Z-Wave compliant controllers. Each switch can be manually and remotely controlled by commands sent from an Z-Wave controller or other Z-Wave compatible controllers. The switch could be also controlled by wired 3-way switch. Eaton’s Z-Wave switches are Z-Wave Plus certified. Eaton’s Z-Wave accessory switches are Z-Wave Plus certified and comply with latest S2 security standards for advanced cyber security.
### Inclusion Information
1. This product may be added to a new or existing Z-Wave network. An Eaton Wiring Devices Z-Wave device has a blue LED, which will blink when the device is not included in a ZWave network. The LED stops blinking when the device is in a network.
2. To include this device in a Z-Wave network, select the command on your Z Wave controller for inclusion (Install, Add Device, Add Node, Include Device, etc.). Then press the device switch one time to include it in the network.
3. Based on the controller, the controller may ask to scan the QR code or manually enter 5 digit code under the QR code to install the device as a secured device
4. After the device is added to the network, the LED will stop blinking
### Exclusion Information
To exclude this device from a Z-Wave network, select the command on your Z-Wave controller for exclusion (Uninstall, Remove Device, Remove Node, Exclude Device, etc.). Then press the device switch one time to exclude it from the network. The LED will start blinking. 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9601 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the RF9601.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Delayed OFF Time | |
| 2 | Panic ON Time | |
| 3 | Panic OFF Time | |
| 5 | Power up state | |
| 6 | Panic mode enable | |
| 13 | Blue LED brightness level when switch is ON | |
| 14 | Blue LED brightness level when switch is OFF | |
### Parameter 1: Delayed OFF Time
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Panic ON Time
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Panic OFF Time
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Power up state
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Off |
| 2 | On |
| 3 | Last State |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3``` (Last State).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Panic mode enable
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 1 | On |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: Blue LED brightness level when switch is ON
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```4```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: Blue LED brightness level when switch is OFF
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9601 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Set
On/Off
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_NODE_NAMING_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Instruction Sheet](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1099/RF9601-and-RF9617-Instruction-Sheet.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/1099).

218
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9617_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9617 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9617 Z-Wave Plus smart accessory switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9617*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9617_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![RF9617 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1105/1105_default.jpg)
The RF9617 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Z-Wave Plus accessory switches can be paired with Z-Wave Plus wireless switches (RF9601) to provide multi-location ON/OFF control forup to (5) locations. These are ideal when there’s no traveler wire between the two locations in a 3-way application. Z-Wave Plus accessorieswill need to be associated with the load controlling switch using a compatible Z-Wave compliant controller.
### Inclusion Information
Put the controller into inclusion mode, press the Install button once
### Exclusion Information
Put the controller into exclusion mode, press the Install button once
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9617 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the RF9617.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Delayed Off Time | |
| 2 | Panic On Time | |
| 3 | Panic Off Time | |
| 5 | Power Up State | |
| 6 | Panic Mode Enable | |
| 13 | Blue LED Brightness Level while Switch is ON | |
| 14 | Blue LED Brightness Level while Switch is OFF | |
### Parameter 1: Delayed Off Time
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Panic On Time
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Panic Off Time
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Power Up State
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Off |
| 2 | On |
| 3 | Last State |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Panic Mode Enable
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 1 | On |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: Blue LED Brightness Level while Switch is ON
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```4```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: Blue LED Brightness Level while Switch is OFF
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9617 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Set
On/Off
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1105/RF9601-and-RF9617-Instruction-Sheet.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/1105).

270
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9642_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9642 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9642 Z-Wave Plus smart accessory dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9642*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9642_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![RF9642 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1104/1104_default.jpg)
The RF9642 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Z-Wave Plus accessory dimmers can be paired with Z-Wave Plus universal smart dimmers to provide multi-location ON/OFF/BRIGHT/DIM control for up to (5) locations. These are ideal when there’s no traveler wire between the two locations in a 3-way application. Z-Wave Plus accessories will need to be associated with the load controlling dimmer using a compatible Z-Wave compliant controller Compatible with Z-Wave Plus universal dimmers (RF9640-N, RF9643-N) for wireless 3-way control, eliminating the need for traditional 3-way wiring or dedicated traveler wire
### Inclusion Information
Put the controller into inclusion mode, press the Install button once
### Exclusion Information
Put the controller into exclusion mode, press the Install button once
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9642 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Dimmer Ramp Time [Deprecated]| config_decimal | config_decimal | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Dimmer Ramp Time [Deprecated]
Generic class for configuration parameter.
The ```config_decimal``` channel is of type ```config_decimal``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
**Note:** This channel is marked as deprecated so should not be used.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 10 configuration parameters available in the RF9642.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Delayed OFF Time | |
| 2 | Panic On Time | |
| 3 | Panic Off | |
| 5 | Power Up State | |
| 6 | Panic Mode Enable | |
| 7 | Dimmer Ramp Time | |
| 13 | Blue LED Brightness Level while dimmer is ON | |
| 14 | Blue LED Brightness Level while dimmer is OFF | |
| 15 | Amber LED Brightness Level while dimmer is ON | |
| 16 | Amber LED Brightness Level while dimmer is OFF | |
### Parameter 1: Delayed OFF Time
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Panic On Time
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Panic Off
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Power Up State
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Off |
| 2 | On |
| 3 | Last State |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Panic Mode Enable
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 1 | On |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Dimmer Ramp Time
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: Blue LED Brightness Level while dimmer is ON
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```4```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 14: Blue LED Brightness Level while dimmer is OFF
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: Amber LED Brightness Level while dimmer is ON
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 16: Amber LED Brightness Level while dimmer is OFF
Values in the range 0 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9642 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Set
On/Off
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Dim
Up/Down
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V3| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_NODE_NAMING_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1104/RF9642-Z-Instruction-Sheet.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/1104).

144
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rftr9505_0_0.md
View File

@ -57,7 +57,149 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 4 configuration parameters available in the RFTR9505.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 2 | Panic ON time | Panic ON time |
| 3 | Panic OFF time | Panic OFF time |
| 5 | Power Up State | Power up state of the device after power loss |
| 6 | Panic mode enable | Enables this device to participate in panic mode |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 2: Panic ON time
Panic ON time
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered. 
<table>
<tr>
<td>
<strong>Value</strong>
</td>
<td>
<strong>Time</strong>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
0 to 127
</td>
<td>
0 to 127 seconds
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
-128 to -1
</td>
<td>
128 to 255 seconds
</td>
</tr>
</table>This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range -128 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Panic OFF time
Panic OFF time
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn off when panic mode is triggered. 
<table>
<tr>
<td>
<strong>Value</strong>
</td>
<td>
<strong>Time</strong>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
0 to 127
</td>
<td>
0 to 127 seconds
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
-128 to -1
</td>
<td>
128 to 255 seconds
</td>
</tr>
</table>This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range -128 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Power Up State
Power up state of the device after power loss
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Off |
| 2 | On |
| 3 | Last state |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3``` (Last state).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 6: Panic mode enable
Enables this device to participate in panic mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 1 | On |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (OFF).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups

104
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rfwc5_0_0.md
View File

@ -44,56 +44,114 @@ Press the All Off (Inclusion) button one time
The following table summarises the channels available for the RFWC5 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch Button 1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number 1 | scene_number | | Number |
| Indicator Light Control 1 | indicator_level | | Dimmer |
| Switch Button 2 | switch_binary1 | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number 2 | scene_number1 | | Number |
| Indicator Light Control 2 | indicator_level1 | | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch Button 1 | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number 1 | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Indicator Light Control 1 | indicator_level | indicator_level | | Dimmer |
| Switch Button 2 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number 2 | scene_number1 | scene_number | | Number |
| Indicator Light Control 2 | indicator_level1 | indicator_level | | Dimmer |
### Switch Button 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number 1
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Indicator Light Control 1
Sets the indicator brightness.
The ```indicator_level``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item.
The ```indicator_level``` channel is of type ```indicator_level``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item.
### Switch Button 2
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number 2
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number1``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Indicator Light Control 2
Sets the indicator brightness.
The ```indicator_level1``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item.
The ```indicator_level1``` channel is of type ```indicator_level``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the RFWC5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Group 1 Level | Group 1 Level |
| 2 | Group 2 Level | Group 2 Level |
| 3 | Group 3 Level | Group 3 Level |
| 4 | Group 4 Level | Group 4 Level |
| 5 | Group 5 Level | Group 5 Level |
### Parameter 1: Group 1 Level
Group 1 Level
Value 0x00-0x63 or 0xFF is the level for all nodes listed in the Group 1
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```10```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Group 2 Level
Group 2 Level
Value 0x00-0x63 or 0xFF is the level for all nodes listed in the Group 2
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```20```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Group 3 Level
Group 3 Level
Value 0x00-0x63 or 0xFF is the level for all nodes listed in the Group 3
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Group 4 Level
Group 4 Level
Value 0x00-0x63 or 0xFF is the level for all nodes listed in the Group 4
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```40```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Group 5 Level
Group 5 Level
Value 0x00-0x63 or 0xFF is the level for all nodes listed in the Group 5
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```50```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
@ -126,10 +184,10 @@ Association group 4 supports 232 nodes.
Association group 5 supports 232 nodes.
### Group 127: Group 255
### Group 255: Group 255
Association group 127 supports 1 node.
Association group 255 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information

27
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss/010101_0_0.md
View File

@ -42,36 +42,32 @@ Short push middle button
The following table summarises the channels available for the 010101 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint | thermostat_setpoint | Heating | Number:Temperature |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Setpoint (heating)
Sets the thermostat setpoint.
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel is of type ```thermostat_setpoint``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Heating``` category.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
### Clock Time Offset
Provides the current time difference for the devices time.
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```time_offset``` channel is of type ```time_offset``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
@ -108,6 +104,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 1 node.
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CLOCK_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CMD_V1| |

1
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss/014g0160_0_0.md
View File

@ -268,6 +268,7 @@ The device does not support associations.
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_MULTILEVEL_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_THERMOSTAT_SETPOINT_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCHEDULE_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |

21
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss/dthermz5_0_0.md
View File

@ -90,12 +90,11 @@ This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the lo
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the DTHERMZ5.
The following table provides a summary of the 11 configuration parameters available in the DTHERMZ5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Valve Type | Type of Valve being controlled |
| 1 | Temperature Report threshold | Range is from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C |
| 2 | Set-point display resolution | range from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C |
| 3 | Min Set-point and override limit | from min 0°C to max setpoint override limit 0=0°C 40=40°C |
@ -110,24 +109,6 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| | Wakeup Interval | Sets the interval at which the device will accept commands from the controller |
| | Wakeup Node | Sets the node ID of the device to receive the wakeup notifications |
### Parameter 1: Valve Type
Type of Valve being controlled
Parameter 1: Valve type:
* 0 = Normal Closed (NC) default
* 1 = Normal Open (NO)
Mix of NC and NO types of valves is not supported
Most systems use NC valves
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_0``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 1: Temperature Report threshold
Range is from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss/hrvccm_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,18 +8,33 @@ title: HRVCCM - ZWave
# HRVCCM Air CCM
This describes the Z-Wave device *HRVCCM*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_hrvccm_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *HVAC*, defining Air condition devices, Fans.
![HRVCCM product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/166/166_default.png)
The HRVCCM supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/166) to improve the documentation.
Manages the HRV unit based on algorithms and input from the HRV AirDial and the optional HRV PC Tool
**For use only with Danfoss Air Dial controllers.**
### Inclusion Information
**For use only with Danfoss Air Dial controllers.**
### Exclusion Information
**For use only with Danfoss Air Dial controllers.**
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the HRVCCM -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
@ -45,6 +60,10 @@ The device does not support associations.
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_PROPRIETARY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Installation](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/166/AIR-installation-guide-VIEWA402-hi-res.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

17
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss/lcz251_0_0.md
View File

@ -49,23 +49,21 @@ The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor
The following table summarises the channels available for the LCZ251 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint | thermostat_setpoint | Heating | Number:Temperature |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Setpoint (heating)
Sets the thermostat setpoint.
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel is of type ```thermostat_setpoint``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Heating``` category.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -97,6 +95,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 1 node.
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_WAKE_UP_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CMD_V1| |

45
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/devolo/mt02646_0_0.md
View File

@ -32,64 +32,56 @@ Push the front button three times rapidly within 2 seconds.
The following table summarises the channels available for the MT02646 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Reset the total power consumption | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Reset the total power consumption | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (power factor)
Indicates the instantaneous power factor.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel is of type ```meter_powerfactor``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset the total power consumption
Reset the meter.
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
The ```meter_reset``` channel is of type ```meter_reset``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -308,6 +300,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Documentation Links
* [English User Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1/Manual-devolo-Home-Control-Metering-Plug-com.pdf)
* [TZE96 manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1/TZE96-manual.pdf)
---

21
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/devolo/mt2652_0_0.md
View File

@ -43,24 +43,22 @@ Click button 2 in management mode.
The following table summarises the channels available for the MT2652 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
@ -74,11 +72,10 @@ This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ``
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/devolo/mt2756_0_0.md
View File

@ -21,12 +21,24 @@ The MT2756 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - i
The Home Control Water Sensor is a water sensor and warns you about flooding or leaking water. As soon as water touches the open metal contacts, the device triggers an alarm. The Home Control Water Sensor is ideal for use in locations such as under a sink, under the supply valve of a washing machine or on an aquarium. It is equipped with an integrated LED and a release button.
### Inclusion Information
* Pressing the tamper key three times within 1.5  seconds to enter the inclusion mode.
* After add successful, the device will wake to receive the setting command from Z-Wave™  Controller about 20 seconds.
### Exclusion Information
Press tamper key three times within 1.5 seconds to enter the exclusion mode.
### Wakeup Information
The MT2756 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
None given
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the MT2756 -:

934
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/devolo/mt2759_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: MT2759 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# MT2759 Home Control Wall Mounted Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *MT2759*, manufactured by *Devolo* with the thing type UID of ```devolo_mt2759_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![MT2759 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1107/1107_default.png)
The MT2759 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
This Z-Wave module is used for switching on or off the electrical device (e.g. light or fan). The module operates on 868,4 MHz. The module can be controlled either through Z-wave network or through the wall switch. The module is designed to be mounted inside a “flush mounting box”, hidden behind a traditional wall switch. Module measures power consumption of electrical device and supports connection of digital temperature sensor. It is designed to act as repeater in order to improve range and stability of Z-wave network.
# Supported switches
Module supports mono stable switches (push button) and bi stable switches. The module is factory set to operate with bi stable switches.
### Inclusion Information
# Module Inclusion (Adding to Z-wave network)
* Connect module to power supply (with temperature sensor connected if purchased*),
* enable add/remove mode on main controller
* auto inclusion (works for about 2 minutes after connected to power supply) or
* press push button I1 three times within 5 s (3 times change switch state within 5 seconds) or
* press service button S (only applicable for 24 V SELVsupply voltage) for more than 2 second
NOTE 1: For auto inclusion procedure, first set main controller into inclusion mode and then connect module to power supply.
NOTE 2: When connecting temperature sensor to module that has already been included, you have to exclude module first. Switch off power supply, connect the sensor and re include the module.
### Exclusion Information
Module Exclusion/Reset (Removing from Z-Wave network)
* Connect module to power supply
* bring module within maximum 1 meter (3 feet) of the main controller,
* enable add/remove mode on main controller
* press push button I1 five times within 5 s (5 times change switch state within 5 seconds) in the first 60 seconds after the module is  connected to the power supply or
* press service button S (only applicable for 24 V SELV supply voltage) for more than 6 seconds.
By this function all parameters of the module are set to default values and own ID is deleted.
Please use this procedure only when the network primary controller is missing or otherwise inoperable.
If push button I1 is pressed three times within 5 s (or service button S is pressed more than 2 and less than 6 seconds) module is excluded, but configuration parameters are not set to default values.
NOTE: If the module is included with parameters 100 or 101 with values different to default and module reset is done, wait at least 30s before next inclusion.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the MT2759 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) 1 | alarm_power1 | alarm_power | Energy | Switch |
| Binary Sensor 2 | sensor_binary2 | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) 2 | alarm_burglar2 | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Binary Sensor 3 | sensor_binary3 | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) 3 | alarm_burglar3 | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power)
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Switch 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power) 1
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power1``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Binary Sensor 2
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary2``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm (burglar) 2
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar2``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
### Binary Sensor 3
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary3``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm (burglar) 3
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar3``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| OFF | OK |
| ON | Alarm |
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 15 configuration parameters available in the MT2759.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | (I1) Input 1 switch type | (I1) Input 1 switch type |
| 2 | (I2) Input 2 contact type | (I2) Input 2 contact type |
| 3 | (I3) Input 3 contact type | (I3) Input 3 contact type |
| 10 | ALL ON/ALL OFF | Activate / deactivate functions ALL ON/ALL OFF |
| 11 | Automatic turning off | Automatic turning off output after set time |
| 12 | Automatic turning on | Automatic turning on output after set time |
| 15 | Auto off / on, s or ms selection | Automatic turning off / on seconds or milliseconds selection |
| 30 | Saving the state | Saving the state of the relay after a power failure |
| 40 | Power reporting (W) on power change | Power reporting in Watts on power change |
| 42 | Power reporting (W) by time interval | Power reporting in Watts by time interval |
| 63 | Output Switch selection | Output Switch selection |
| 100 | Enable / Disable Endpoint I2 | Enable / Disable Endpoint I2 or select Notification Type and Event |
| 101 | Enable / Disable Endpoint I3 | Enable / Disable Endpoint I3 or select Notification Type and Event |
| 110 | Temperature sensor offset settings | Temperature sensor offset settings |
| 120 | Temperature sensor reporting | Temperature sensor reporting |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 1: (I1) Input 1 switch type
(I1) Input 1 switch type
<table>
<tr>
<td>
Values
</td>
<td>
Description
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
</td>
<td>
mono stable switch type (push button)
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
1
</td>
<td>
bi stable switch type (default)
</td>
</tr>
</table>
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | mono stable switch type (push button) |
| 1 | bi-stable switch type (default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (bi-stable switch type (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: (I2) Input 2 contact type
(I2) Input 2 contact type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | NO (normally open) input type (default) |
| 1 | NC (normally close) input type |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (NO (normally open) input type (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: (I3) Input 3 contact type
(I3) Input 3 contact type
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | NO (normally open) input type (default) |
| 1 | NC (normally close) input type |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (NO (normally open) input type (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: ALL ON/ALL OFF
Activate / deactivate functions ALL ON/ALL OFF
HC Switch relay module responds to commands ALL ON / ALL OFF that may be sent by the main controller or by other controller belonging to the system.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | NONE |
| 1 | ALL OFF |
| 2 | ALL ON |
| 255 | ALL ON / ALL OFF (Default) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```255``` (ALL ON / ALL OFF (Default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Automatic turning off
Automatic turning off output after set time
When relay is ON it goes automatically OFF after time defined by this parameter. Timer is reset to zero each time the module receive ON command regardless from where it comes (push button, associated module, controller,..).
* default value 0
* 0 = Auto OFF disabled
* 1 - 32535 = 1 second (0,01s) - 32535 seconds (325,35s)
Auto OFF enabled with define time, step is 1s or 10ms according to parameter nr. 15.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 32535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | AUTO OFF disabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (AUTO OFF disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Automatic turning on
Automatic turning on output after set time
When relay is OFF it goes automatically ON after time defined by this parameter. Timer is reset to zero each time the module receive OFF command regardless from where it come s (push button, associated module, controller,..).
Available configuration parameters (data type is 2 Byte DEC):
* default value 0
* 0 Auto ON disabled
* 1 32535 = 1second (0,01s) 32536 seconds (325,35s)
Auto ON enabled with define time, step is 1s or 10m s according to parameter nr. 15.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 32535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | AUTO ON disabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (AUTO ON disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 15: Auto off / on, s or ms selection
Automatic turning off / on seconds or milliseconds selection
NOTE: Parameter is the same for turning OFF or ON.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | seconds selected (default) |
| 1 | milliseconds selected |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (seconds selected (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 30: Saving the state
Saving the state of the relay after a power failure
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | HC Switch relay module saves its state |
| 1 | HC Switch relay module returns to "off" position |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (HC Switch relay module saves its state ).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_30_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 40: Power reporting (W) on power change
Power reporting in Watts on power change
Set value means percentage, set value from 0 - 100 = 0% - 100%. Available configuration parameters (data type is 1 Byte DEC):
* default value 10 = 10%
* 0 = reporting disabled
* 1-100 = 1% - 100% reporting enabled
Power report is send (push) only when actual power in Watts in real time changes for more than set percentage comparing to previous actual power in Watts , step is When using low power loads, It is recommended to set parameter no. 40 to a higher value (e.g. 50%).
NOTE: if power changed is less than 1W, the report is not send (pushed), independent of percentage set.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 100 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Reporting disabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```10```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 42: Power reporting (W) by time interval
Power reporting in Watts by time interval
Set value means time interval (0 - 32535) in seconds, when power report is send. Available configuration parameters (data type is 2 Byte DEC):
* default value 300 = 300s
* 0 reporting disabled
* 30-32535 = 30 seconds - 32535 seconds. Reporting enabled.
Power report is send with time interval set by entered value.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 32535 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Reporting disabled |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```300```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 63: Output Switch selection
Output Switch selection
Set value means the type of the device that is connected to the output. The device type can be normally open (NO) or normally close (NC).
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | (NC) output is 0V (default) |
| 1 | (NO) output is 230V / 24V |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` ((NC) output is 0V (default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_63_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 100: Enable / Disable Endpoint I2
Enable / Disable Endpoint I2 or select Notification Type and Event
# Enable / Disable Endpoint I2 or select Notification Type and Event
Enabling I2 means that Endpoint (I2) will be present on UI. Disabling it will result in hiding the endpoint according to the parameter set value. Additionally, a Notification Type and Event can be selected for the endpoint. Available configuration parameters (data type is 1 Byte DEC):
## Endpoint device type selection:
notification sensor (1-6):
GENERIC\_TYPE\_SENSOR\_NOTIFICATION, SPECIFIC\_TYPE\_NOTIFICATION\_SENSOR
<table>
<tr>
<td>
Values
</td>
<td>
Description
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
1
</td>
<td>
Home Security: Motion Detection, unknown loc. (Default)
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
2
</td>
<td>
Carbon Monoxide; Carbon Monoxide detected, unknown location.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
3
</td>
<td>
Carbon Dioxide; Carbon Dioxide detected, unknown location.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
4
</td>
<td>
Water Alarm; Water Leak detected, unknown loc.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
5
</td>
<td>
Heat Alarm; Overheat detected, unknown loc.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
6
</td>
<td>
Smoke Alarm; Smoke detected, unknown loc.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
</td>
<td>
Endpoint I2 disabled
</td>
</tr>
</table>
binary sensor (9):
GENERIC\_TYPE\_SENSOR\_BINARY, SPECIFIC\_TYPE\_NOT\_USED
NOTE 1 : After parameter change, first exclude module (without setting parameters to default value) then wait at least 30s and then re include the module!
NOTE 2: If parameter is set to value 9, the messages will be sent to Home Security!
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Endpoint I2 disabled |
| 1 | Home Security: Motion Detection |
| 2 | Carbon Monoxide |
| 3 | Carbon Dioxide |
| 4 | Water Alarm |
| 5 | Heat Alarm |
| 6 | Smoke Alarm |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Home Security: Motion Detection).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 101: Enable / Disable Endpoint I3
Enable / Disable Endpoint I3 or select Notification Type and Event
# Enable / Disable Endpoint I3 or select Notification Type and Event
Enabling I3 means that Endpoint (I3) will be present on UI. Disabling it will result in hiding the endpoint according to the parameter set value. Additionally, a Notification Type and Event can be selected for the endpoint. Available configuration parameters (data type is 1 Byte DEC):
## Endpoint device type selection:
notification sensor (1-6):
GENERIC\_TYPE\_SENSOR\_NOTIFICATION, SPECIFIC\_TYPE\_NOTIFICATION\_SENSOR
<table>
<tr>
<td>
Values
</td>
<td>
Description
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
1
</td>
<td>
Home Security: Motion Detection, unknown loc. (Default)
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
2
</td>
<td>
Carbon Monoxide; Carbon Monoxide detected, unknown location.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
3
</td>
<td>
Carbon Dioxide; Carbon Dioxide detected, unknown location.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
4
</td>
<td>
Water Alarm; Water Leak detected, unknown loc.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
5
</td>
<td>
Heat Alarm; Overheat detected, unknown loc.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
6
</td>
<td>
Smoke Alarm; Smoke detected, unknown loc.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
</td>
<td>
Endpoint I3 disabled
</td>
</tr>
</table>
binary sensor (9):
GENERIC\_TYPE\_SENSOR\_BINARY, SPECIFIC\_TYPE\_NOT\_USED
NOTE 1 : After parameter change, first exclude module (without setting parameters to default value) then wait at least 30s and then re include the module!
NOTE 2: If parameter is set to value 9, the messages will be sent to Home Security!
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Endpoint I3 disabled |
| 1 | Home Security: Motion Detection (Default) |
| 2 | Carbon Monoxide |
| 3 | Carbon Dioxide |
| 4 | Water Alarm |
| 5 | Heat Alarm |
| 6 | Smoke Alarm |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Home Security: Motion Detection (Default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 110: Temperature sensor offset settings
Temperature sensor offset settings
Set value is added or subtracted to actual measured value by sensor. Available configuration parameters (data type is 2 Byte DEC):
<table>
<tr>
<td>
Values
</td>
<td>
Description
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
32536
</td>
<td>
 is 0.0C (Default)
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
1 –100
</td>
<td>
From 1 to 100 value from 0.1°C to 10.0°C is added to actual measured temperature.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
1001 –1100
</td>
<td>
From 1001 to 1100 value from 0.1 °C to 10.0 °C is subtracted to actual measured temperature.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
Values in the range 1 to 32536 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```32536```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_110_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 120: Temperature sensor reporting
Temperature sensor reporting
If digital temperature sensor is connected, module reports measured temperature on temperature change defined by this parameter. Available configuration parameters (data type is 1 Byte DEC):
<table>
<tr>
<td>
Values
</td>
<td>
Description
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
5
</td>
<td>
0,5°C (default)
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
</td>
<td>
Reporting disabled
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
1 –127
</td>
<td>
0,1°C - 12,7°C, step is 0,1°C
</td>
</tr>
</table>
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The MT2759 supports 9 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Lifeline group (reserved for communication with the main controller), 1 node allowed.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: Basic On/Off I1
basic on/off (triggered at change of the output Q state and reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 2 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 3: Basic On/Off I2
basic on/off (triggered at change of the input I2 state and reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 3 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 4: Reporting I2
Notification report (triggered at change of the input I2 state and reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 4 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 5: Binary Sensor Report I2
Binary sensor (triggered at change of the input I2 state and reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 5 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 6: Basic On/Off I3
basic on/off (triggered at change of the input I3 state an d reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 6 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 7: Reporting I3
notification report (triggered at change of the input I3 state and reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 7 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 8: Binary Sensor Report I3
binary sensor report (triggered at change of the input I3 state and reflecting its state) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 8 supports 16 nodes.
### Group 9: Multi-Level Sensor Reporting
multilevel sensor report (triggered at change of temperature sensor) up to 16 nodes.
Association group 9 supports 16 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
#### Endpoint 1
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
#### Endpoint 2
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
#### Endpoint 3
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SENSOR_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V5| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MULTI_CHANNEL_ASSOCIATION_V3| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual DE](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1107/Home-Control-Schalter-Unterputz-2019-04-03.pdf)
* [Manual EN](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1107/Manual-Devolo-HCswitch-FM.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/1107).

20
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/dlink/dchz510_0_0.md
View File

@ -35,23 +35,21 @@ The DCH-Z510 mydlink Z-Wave Siren is a wireless siren.
The following table summarises the channels available for the DCH-Z510 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Start sound | notification_send | | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Start sound | notification_send | notification_send | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -61,7 +59,6 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Start sound
<table>
<tr>
<td>
@ -308,7 +305,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
Sends a notification.
The ```notification_send``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```notification_send``` channel is of type ```notification_send``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
@ -398,6 +395,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 8 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |

65
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/eco/dwzwave2_0_0.md
View File

@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ The DWZWAVE2 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller -
### Exclusion Information
Not provided
1. Remove the battery from the Sensor.
2. Leave the battery out for at least ten (10) seconds.
3. Reinstall the battery into the Sensor.
### Wakeup Information
@ -40,7 +42,7 @@ The DWZWAVE2 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller -
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
Not provided
Press the "+" button once.
## Channels
@ -85,7 +87,64 @@ This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the lo
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 2 configuration parameters available in the DWZWAVE2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Sending Basic Sets to Association group 2 | Sending Basic Sets to Association group 2 |
| 2 | Sending sensor binary report | Sending sensor binary report |
| | Wakeup Interval | Sets the interval at which the device will accept commands from the controller |
| | Wakeup Node | Sets the node ID of the device to receive the wakeup notifications |
### Parameter 1: Sending Basic Sets to Association group 2
Sending Basic Sets to Association group 2
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 255 | On |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Sending sensor binary report
Sending sensor binary report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Off |
| 255 | On |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Wakeup Interval
The wakeup interval sets the period at which the device will listen for messages from the controller. This is required for battery devices that sleep most of the time in order to conserve battery life. The device will wake up at this interval and send a message to the controller to tell it that it can accept messages - after a few seconds, it will go back to sleep if there is no further communications.
This setting is defined in *seconds*. It is advisable not to set this interval too short or it could impact battery life. A period of 1 hour (3600 seconds) is suitable in most instances.
Note that this setting does not affect the devices ability to send sensor data, or notification events.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```wakeup_interval``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Wakeup Node
When sleeping devices wake up, they send a notification to a listening device. Normally, this device is the network controller, and normally the controller will set this automatically to its own address.
In the event that the network contains multiple controllers, it may be necessary to configure this to a node that is not the main controller. This is an advanced setting and should not be changed without a full understanding of the impact.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```wakeup_node``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups

22
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/eco/tiltzwave2_0_0.md
View File

@ -42,17 +42,16 @@ Remove the cover, close the cover.
The following table summarises the channels available for the TILTZWAVE2 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if the door/window is open or closed.
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_door``` channel is of type ```sensor_door``` and supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -62,10 +61,9 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -75,11 +73,10 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -125,6 +122,7 @@ Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Documentation Links
* [English User Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/139/Ecolink-TILTZWAVE2-ECO-manual-rev1.pdf)
* [Updated Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/139/Tilt-ZWave-Plus-Manual-R1-04-021816kgs.pdf)
---

13
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/essence/es800zwe_0_0.md
View File

@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ To remove your Z-Wave Plus Extender from the existing network:
The following table summarises the channels available for the ES800ZWE -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
@ -82,7 +82,14 @@ The device has no configuration parameters defined.
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The ES800ZWE supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 3 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

49
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/evolve/lrmas_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,42 +10,52 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *LRM-AS*, manufactured by *Evolve* with the thi
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![LRM-AS product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/39/39_default.png)
The LRM-AS supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/39) to improve the documentation.
Scene Capable Wall Switch DimmerThe LRM-AS Wall Mounted Dimmer is a component of the Evolve lighting control system. Inclusion of the LRM-AS Wall Mounted Dimmer allows remote ON/ OFF control and dimming of lights connected. 
### Inclusion Information
Tap the button.
### Exclusion Information
Tap the button 3 times, then press and hold (Ex. tap, tap, tap, hold)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the LRM-AS -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
### Switch
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch [Deprecated]| switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Switch [Deprecated]
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
**Note:** This channel is marked as deprecated so should not be used.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -55,10 +65,9 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -68,11 +77,10 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -181,6 +189,7 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_ALARM_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BATTERY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
### Documentation Links

27
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/evolve/ltm5_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,33 +8,38 @@ title: LTM-5 - ZWave
# LTM-5 Wall Mount Accessory Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *LTM-5*, manufactured by *Evolve* with the thing type UID of ```evolve_ltm5_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![LTM-5 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/38/38_default.png)
The LTM-5 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/38) to improve the documentation.
The 3-Way Wall Mounted Switch (LTM-5) is the Evolve in-wall accessory switch, used for creating virtual 3-way and 4-way circuits, as well as wirelessly controlling Evolve lighting devices and plug-in modules.  The LTM-5 does not directly control a load. Instead, it communicates with other load controlling devices or plug-in modules. 
 
There is a small LED on the device, which remains illuminated and flickers when sending a command to another Evolve device.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the LTM-5 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
@ -206,6 +211,10 @@ Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_INDICATOR_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Product Overview](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/38/LTM-5.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

6
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fakro/arz2_1_1.md
View File

@ -43,18 +43,18 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ARZ 1.1 -:
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel and is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel and is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Alarm (power)
Indicates if a power alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_power``` channel and is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_power``` channel is of type ```alarm_power``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:

20
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fakro/vmzsolar_0_0.md
View File

@ -17,7 +17,15 @@ The VMZ Solar supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using othe
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/670) to improve the documentation.
The VMZ Solar awning blind is intended for installation on facade windows. The device is equippedin the wireless module of the ZWave control system
### Inclusion Information
Within 10s press the programming button P on the awning blind until the network status LED flashes once 0.5s
### Exclusion Information
Within 10s press P on the awning and hold until the network status LED will light up for 5s
## Channels
@ -27,21 +35,23 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the VMZ Solar -:
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Blinds control | blinds_control | blinds_control | Blinds | Rollershutter |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel and is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Blinds control
Provides start / stop control of blinds.
The ```blinds_control``` channel and is of type ```blinds_control``` and supports the ```Rollershutter``` item and is in the ```Blinds``` category.
The ```blinds_control``` channel is of type ```blinds_control``` and supports the ```Rollershutter``` item and is in the ```Blinds``` category.
### Battery Level
Channel type information on this channel is not found.
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration

57
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fibaro/fgsd002_0_0.md
View File

@ -45,25 +45,44 @@ The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor
Click the B-button once.
### General Usage Information
**BATTERY REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE**
Once a Fibaro Smoke Sensor has reported low battery level or battery is
discharged, it should be replaced observing the following procedure:
1. Detach the sensor from its cover by turning the device counter-clockwise.
2. Remove the flat battery from the device. Then press and hold the B-button for 3 seconds.
3. Insert a new CR123A battery observing the polarities shown inside. Visual indicator will signal Z-Wave network inclusion status (green - device included, red - device not included).
4. Test Fibaro Smoke Sensor’s operation by performing a self-test (see p. VI).
5. Attach the device into the cover by turning clockwise.
**Self-test may be triggered manually**
1. Make sure the device is powered by the battery
2. Press and hold the B-button. The visual indicator will glow white and the short alarm will sound. Keep holding the B-button. After 3 seconds from the first beep smoke chamber operation will be checked.
Triggering fire alarm and beep mean positive result and should occur within 10 seconds. No fire alarm means that the sensor is malfunctioning.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the FGSD002 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Temperature Sensor | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Smoke Alarm | alarm_smoke | Smoke | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| Low Battery Alarm | alarm_battery | | Switch |
| Hardware Failure Alarm | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Heat Alarm | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Temperature Sensor | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Smoke Alarm | alarm_smoke | alarm_smoke | Smoke | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| Low Battery Alarm | alarm_battery | alarm_battery | LowBattery | Switch |
| Hardware Failure Alarm | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Heat Alarm | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | Fire | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Temperature Sensor
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Smoke Alarm
removed event specfic
@ -74,7 +93,7 @@ event  2 is real smoke
Indicates if a smoke is triggered.
The ```alarm_smoke``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Smoke``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_smoke``` channel is of type ```alarm_smoke``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Smoke``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -86,7 +105,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Tamper Alarm
Indicates if the tamper alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel is of type ```alarm_tamper``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -98,7 +117,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Low Battery Alarm
Indicates if the low battery alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_battery``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_battery``` channel is of type ```alarm_battery``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```LowBattery``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -110,7 +129,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Hardware Failure Alarm
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_system``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_system``` channel is of type ```alarm_system``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -122,7 +141,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Heat Alarm
Indicates if a heat alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_heat``` channel is of type ```alarm_heat``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Fire``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -134,12 +153,12 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
### Clock Time Offset
Provides the current time difference for the devices time.
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```time_offset``` channel is of type ```time_offset``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.

55
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fibaro/fgsd002_3_2.md
View File

@ -43,31 +43,50 @@ The FGSD002 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller -
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
Click the B-button once.
Click the B-button once to wakeup the device. Minimum wake-interval accepted by the device is 4200.
### General Usage Information
**BATTERY REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE**
Once a Fibaro Smoke Sensor has reported low battery level or battery is
discharged, it should be replaced observing the following procedure:
1. Detach the sensor from its cover by turning the device counter-clockwise.
2. Remove the flat battery from the device. Then press and hold the B-button for 3 seconds.
3. Insert a new CR123A battery observing the polarities shown inside. Visual indicator will signal Z-Wave network inclusion status (green - device included, red - device not included).
4. Test Fibaro Smoke Sensor’s operation by performing a self-test (see p. VI).
5. Attach the device into the cover by turning clockwise.
**Self-test may be triggered manually**
1. Make sure the device is powered by the battery
2. Press and hold the B-button. The visual indicator will glow white and the short alarm will sound. Keep holding the B-button. After 3 seconds from the first beep smoke chamber operation will be checked.
Triggering fire alarm and beep mean positive result and should occur within 10 seconds. No fire alarm means that the sensor is malfunctioning.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the FGSD002 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Temperature Sensor | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Heat Alarm | alarm_heat | Fire | Switch |
| Smoke Alarm | alarm_smoke | Smoke | Switch |
| Hardware Failure Alarm | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| Low Battery Alarm | alarm_battery | LowBattery | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Temperature Sensor | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Heat Alarm | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | Fire | Switch |
| Smoke Alarm | alarm_smoke | alarm_smoke | Smoke | Switch |
| Hardware Failure Alarm | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| Low Battery Alarm | alarm_battery | alarm_battery | LowBattery | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Temperature Sensor
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Heat Alarm
Indicates if a heat alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Fire``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_heat``` channel is of type ```alarm_heat``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Fire``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -79,7 +98,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Smoke Alarm
Indicates if a smoke is triggered.
The ```alarm_smoke``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Smoke``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_smoke``` channel is of type ```alarm_smoke``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Smoke``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -91,7 +110,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Hardware Failure Alarm
Indicates if a system alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_system``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_system``` channel is of type ```alarm_system``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -103,7 +122,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Tamper Alarm
Indicates if the tamper alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel is of type ```alarm_tamper``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -115,7 +134,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Low Battery Alarm
Indicates if the low battery alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_battery``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```LowBattery``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_battery``` channel is of type ```alarm_battery``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```LowBattery``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -127,8 +146,8 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration

945
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fibaro/fgwdseu_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,945 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: FGWDSEU - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# FGWDSEU WALLI SWITCH FIBARO DOUBLE SWITCH
This describes the Z-Wave device *FGWDSEU*, manufactured by *[Fibargroup](http://www.fibaro.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```fibaro_fgwdseu_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![FGWDSEU product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1064/1064_default.jpg)
The FGWDSEU supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
FIBARO Walli Double Switch is a smart wall switch designed to control one or two light sources via Z-Wave network. It measures active power and energy consumed by the controlled load. You can install it with provided cover plate or other compatible. 
Main features of FIBARO Walli Double Switch: 
Can be used with:
* Conventional incandescent and halogen light sources,
* LED lamps,
* Fluorescent lamps,
* Electronic transformers (for ELV halogen lamps and LED bulbs),
* Ferromagnetic transformers (for MLV halogen lamps).
* Can be used with provided cover plate or one of the following:
* GIRA – System 55 (Standard 55, E2, Event, Event Clear), 
* Legrand – Céliane, 
* Schneider – Odace.
* Active power and energy consumption metering.
* Supports Z-Wave network Security Modes: S0 with AES-128 encryption and S2 Authenticated with PRNG-based encryption. 
* Works as Z-Wave signal repeater (all non-battery operated devices within the network will act as repeaters to increase reliability of the network). 
* May be used with all devices certified with the Z-Wave Plus certificate and should be compatible with such devices produced by other manufacturers. 
### Inclusion Information
Adding (Inclusion) – Z-Wave device learning mode, allowing to add the device to existing Z-Wave network. i If you want to change single/double switch operating mode (see “Single/Double Switch operating mode” on page 14), you must do it before adding the device to the Z-Wave network. 5.1: Adding manually To add the device to the Z-Wave network manually: 1. Power the device. 2. Set the main controller in (Security/non-Security Mode) add mode (see the controller’s manual). 3. Quickly, three times click one of the buttons. 4. If you are adding in Security S2 Authenticated, input the underlined part of the DSK (label on the bottom of the box). 5. LED will start blinking yellow, wait for the adding process to end. 6. Adding result will be confirmed by the Z-Wave controller’s message and the LED frame: • Green – successful (non-secure, S0, S2 non-authenticated), • Magenta – successful (Security S2 Authenticated), • Red – not successful.
### Exclusion Information
Removing (Exclusion) – Z-Wave device learning mode, allowing to remove the device from existing Z-Wave network. Removing also results in resetting the device to factory defaults.
To remove the device from the Z-Wave network:
1. Power the device.
2. Set the main controller into remove mode (see the controller’s manual).
3. Quickly, three times click one of the buttons.
4. LED will start blinking yellow, wait for the removing process to end.
5. Successful removing will be confirmed by the Z-Wave controller’s message and red LED colour.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the FGWDSEU -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 39 configuration parameters available in the FGWDSEU.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Remember device state | Remember device state |
| 2 | First channel – overload safety switch | First channel – overload safety switch |
| 3 | Second channel – overload safety switch | Second channel – overload safety switch |
| 10 | LED Frame - power limit | LED frame – power limit |
| 11 | LED frame – colour when ON | LED frame – colour when ON |
| 12 | LED frame – colour when OFF | LED frame – colour when OFF |
| 13 | LED frame – brightness | LED frame – brightness |
| 20 | Buttons operation | Buttons operation |
| 24 | Buttons orientation | Buttons orientation |
| 25 | Outputs orientation | Outputs orientation (Only in Double Switch Mode) |
| 30 | Alarm configuration - 1st slot | Alarm configuration - 1st slot |
| 31 | Alarm configuration - 2nd slot | Alarm configuration - 2nd slot |
| 32 | Alarm configuration - 3rd slot | Alarm configuration - 3rd slot |
| 33 | Alarm configuration - 4th slot | Alarm configuration - 4th slot |
| 34 | Alarm configuration - 5th slot | Alarm configuration - 5th slot |
| 35 | Alarm configuration – duration | Alarm configuration – duration |
| 40 | First button – scenes sent | First button – scenes sent |
| 41 | Second button – scenes sent | Second button – scenes sent |
| 60 | Power reports – include self-consumption | Power reports – include self-consumption |
| 61 | Power reports for first channel – on change | Power reports for first channel – on change |
| 62 | Power reports for first channel – periodic | Power reports for first channel – periodic |
| 63 | Power reports for second channel – on change | Power reports for second channel – on change |
| 64 | Power reports for second channel – periodic | Power reports for second channel – periodic |
| 65 | Energy reports for first channel – on change | Energy reports for first channel – on change |
| 66 | Energy reports for first channel – periodic | Energy reports for first channel – periodic |
| 67 | Energy reports for second channel – on change | Energy reports for second channel – on change |
| 68 | Energy reports for second channel – periodic | Energy reports for second channel – periodic |
| 150 | First channel – operating mode | First channel – operating mode |
| 151 | Second channel – operating mode | Second channel – operating mode |
| 152 | 1st ch - reaction to switch | First channel - reaction to switch for delayed OFF / pulse modes |
| 153 | 2nd ch - reaction to switch | Second channel - reaction to switch for delayed OFF / pulse modes |
| 154 | 1st ch - time parameter for delayed | First channel - time parameter for delayed OFF / pulse modes |
| 155 | 2nd ch - time parameter for delayed | Second channel - time parameter for delayed OFF / pulse modes |
| 156 | 1st ch – ON value sent to 2nd/3rd | First channel – Switch ON value sent to 2nd and 3rd association groups |
| 157 | 1st ch – OFF value sent to 2nd/3rd | First channel – Switch OFF value sent to 2nd and 3rd association groups |
| 158 | 1st ch – Double Click value sent to 2nd/3rd | First channel – Double Click value sent to 2nd and 3rd association groups |
| 159 | 2nd ch – ON value sent to 4th/5th | Second channel – Switch ON value sent to 4th and 5th association groups |
| 160 | 2nd ch – OFF value sent to 4th/5th | Second channel – Switch OFF value sent to 4th and 5th association groups |
| 161 | 2nd ch – Double Click value sent to 4th/5th | Second channel – Double Click value sent to 4th and 5th association groups |
### Parameter 1: Remember device state
Remember device state
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | remains switched off after restoring power |
| 1 | restores remembered state after restoring power |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (restores remembered state after restoring power).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: First channel – overload safety switch
First channel – overload safety switch
This function allows to turn off the controlled device in case of exceeding the defined power. Controlled device can be turned back on via button or sending a control frame. 
**Single Switch Mode**
0 – function disabled
10-45000 (1.0-4500.0W, step 0.1W) – power threshold
**Double Switch Mode**
0 – function disabled
10-36200 (1.0-3620.0W, step 0.1W) – power threshold
Values in the range 0 to 45000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Second channel – overload safety switch
Second channel – overload safety switch
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This function allows to turn off the controlled device in case of exceeding the defined power. Controlled device can be turned back on via button or sending a control frame.
Available values 0 – function disabled
10-36200 (1.0-3620.0W, step 0.1W) – power threshold
Values in the range 0 to 36200 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: LED Frame - power limit
LED frame – power limit
This parameter determines maximum active power. Exceeding it results in the LED frame flashing violet. Function is active only when parameter 11 is set to 8 or 9.
Single Switch Mode
Default value 36800 (3680W)
Available values 500-36800 (50.0-3680.0W, step 0.1W) – power threshold
Double Switch Mode
Default value 30000 (3000W)
Available values 500-30000 (50.0-3000.0W, step 0.1W) – power threshold
Values in the range 500 to 30000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30000```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: LED frame – colour when ON
LED frame – colour when ON
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED disabled |
| 1 | White |
| 2 | Red |
| 3 | Green |
| 4 | Blue |
| 5 | Yellow |
| 6 | Cyan |
| 7 | Magenta |
| 8 | smoothly dep. on measured power |
| 9 | in steps dep on measured power |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: LED frame – colour when OFF
LED frame – colour when OFF
This parameter defines the LED colour when the device is OFF.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED disabled |
| 1 | White |
| 2 | Red |
| 3 | Green |
| 4 | Blue |
| 5 | Yellow |
| 6 | Cyan |
| 7 | Magenta |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED disabled).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 13: LED frame – brightness
LED frame – brightness
This parameter allows to adjust the LED frame brightness.
Available values
0 – LED disabled
1-100 (1-100% brightness)
101 – brightness directly proportional to measured power
102 – brightness inversely proportional to measured power 
Values in the range 0 to 102 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```100```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 20: Buttons operation
Buttons operation
This parameter defines how device buttons should control the channels.
**Single Switch Mode
** Default value 1 **
** Available values
1 – 1st and 2nd button toggle the load
2 – 1st button turns the load ON, 2nd button turns the load OFF
**Double Switch Mode
** Default Value 3
Available values
1 – 1st and 2nd button toggle both channels
2 – 1st button turns both channels ON, 2nd button turns both channels OFF
3 – 1st button toggles 1st channel, 2nd button toggles 2nd channel
4 – 1st button single click turns 1st channel ON, 1st button double click turns 2nd channel ON, 2nd button single click turns both channels OFF
Values in the range 1 to 4 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 24: Buttons orientation
Buttons orientation
This parameter allows reversing the operation of the buttons.
Available values
0 – default (1st button controls 1st channel, 2nd button controls 2nd channel)
1 – reversed (1st button controls 2nd channel, 2nd button controls 1st channel)
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | default |
| 1 | reversed |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (default).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_24_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 25: Outputs orientation
Outputs orientation (Only in Double Switch Mode)
This parameter allows reversing the operation of Q1 and Q2 without changing the wiring (e.g. in case of invalid connection). Changing orientation turns both outputs off.
Available values
0 – default (Q1 - 1st channel, Q2 - 2nd channel)
1 – reversed (Q1 - 2nd channel, Q2 - 1st channel)
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | default |
| 1 | reversed |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (default).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_25_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 30: Alarm configuration - 1st slot
Alarm configuration - 1st slot
This parameter determines to which alarm frames and how the device should react. The parameters consist of 4 bytes, three most significant bytes are set according to the official Z-Wave protocol specification.
Available values
1B [MSB] – Notification Type
2B – Notification Status
3B – Event/State Parameters
4B [LSB] – action:
 0x00 – no action
 0xX1 – turn ON
 0xX2 – turn OFF
 0xX3 – turn ON/OFF continuously
 0x0X – no action on LED frame
 0x1X – LED frame blinks red
 0x2X – LED frame blinks green
 0x4X – LED frame blinks blue
 0x8X – disable LED frame
 0xFX – LED frame LAPD signal (red-white-blue)
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_30_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 31: Alarm configuration - 2nd slot
Alarm configuration - 2nd slot
This parameter determines to which alarm frames and how the device should react. The parameters consist of 4 bytes, three most significant bytes are set according to the official Z-Wave protocol specification.
Available values
1B [MSB] – Notification Type
2B – Notification Status
3B – Event/State Parameters
4B [LSB] – action:
 0x00 – no action
 0xX1 – turn ON
 0xX2 – turn OFF
 0xX3 – turn ON/OFF continuously
 0x0X – no action on LED frame
 0x1X – LED frame blinks red
 0x2X – LED frame blinks green
 0x4X – LED frame blinks blue
 0x8X – disable LED frame
 0xFX – LED frame LAPD signal (red-white-blue)
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_31_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 32: Alarm configuration - 3rd slot
Alarm configuration - 3rd slot
This parameter determines to which alarm frames and how the device should react. The parameters consist of 4 bytes, three most significant bytes are set according to the official Z-Wave protocol specification.
Available Values
1B [MSB] – Notification Type
2B – Notification Status
3B – Event/State Parameters
4B [LSB] – action:
 0x00 – no action
 0xX1 – turn ON
 0xX2 – turn OFF
 0xX3 – turn ON/OFF continuously
 0x0X – no action on LED frame
 0x1X – LED frame blinks red
 0x2X – LED frame blinks green
 0x4X – LED frame blinks blue
 0x8X – disable LED frame
 0xFX – LED frame LAPD signal (red-white-blue)
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_32_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 33: Alarm configuration - 4th slot
Alarm configuration - 4th slot
This parameter determines to which alarm frames and how the device should react. The parameters consist of 4 bytes, three most significant bytes are set according to the official Z-Wave protocol specification.
Available values
1B [MSB] – Notification Type
2B – Notification Status
3B – Event/State Parameters
4B [LSB] – action:
 0x00 – no action
 0xX1 – turn ON
 0xX2 – turn OFF
 0xX3 – turn ON/OFF continuously
 0x0X – no action on LED frame
 0x1X – LED frame blinks red
 0x2X – LED frame blinks green
 0x4X – LED frame blinks blue
 0x8X – disable LED frame
 0xFX – LED frame LAPD signal (red-white-blue)
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_33_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 34: Alarm configuration - 5th slot
Alarm configuration - 5th slot
This parameter determines to which alarm frames and how the device should react. The parameters consist of 4 bytes, three most significant bytes are set according to the official Z-Wave protocol specification.
Available values
1B [MSB] – Notification Type
2B – Notification Status
3B – Event/State Parameters
4B [LSB] – action:
 0x00 – no action
 0xX1 – turn ON
 0xX2 – turn OFF
 0xX3 – turn ON/OFF continuously
 0x0X – no action on LED frame
 0x1X – LED frame blinks red
 0x2X – LED frame blinks green
 0x4X – LED frame blinks blue
 0x8X – disable LED frame
 0xFX – LED frame LAPD signal (red-white-blue)
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_34_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 35: Alarm configuration – duration
Alarm configuration – duration
This parameter defines duration of alarm sequence. When time set in this parameter elapses, alarm is cancelled, LED frame and relay restore normal operation, but do not recover state from before the alarm.
Available values
0 – infinite
1-32400 (1s-9h, 1s step) – duration
Values in the range 0 to 32400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_35_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 40: First button – scenes sent
First button – scenes sent
This parameter determines which actions result in sending scene IDs assigned to them. Values can be combined (e.g. 1+2=3 means that scenes for single and double click are sent). Enabling scenes for triple click disables entering the device in learn mode by triple clicking.
Available values
1 – Key pressed 1 time
2 – Key pressed 2 times
4 – Key pressed 3 times
8 – Key hold down and key released
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Key pressed 1 time |
| 2 | Key pressed 2 times |
| 4 | Key pressed 3 times |
| 8 | Key hold down and key released |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 41: Second button – scenes sent
Second button – scenes sent
This parameter determines which actions result in sending scene IDs assigned to them. Values can be combined (e.g. 1+2=3 means that scenes for single and double click are sent). Enabling scenes for triple click disables entering the device in learn mode by triple clicking. 
Available values
1 – Key pressed 1 time
2 – Key pressed 2 times
4 – Key pressed 3 times
8 – Key hold down and key released
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Key pressed 1 time |
| 2 | Key pressed 2 times |
| 4 | Key pressed 3 times |
| 8 | Key hold down and key released |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 60: Power reports – include self-consumption
Power reports – include self-consumption
This parameter determines whether the power measurements for Endpoint 1 should include power consumed by the device itself.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Self-consumption not included |
| 1 | Self-consumption included |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Self-consumption not included).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_60_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 61: Power reports for first channel – on change
Power reports for first channel – on change
This parameter defines minimal change (from the last reported) in measured power that results in sending new report. For loads under 50W the parameter is irrelevant, report are sent every 5W change.
Available values
0 – reporting on change disabled
1-500 (1-500%, 1% step) – minimal change
Values in the range 0 to 500 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```15```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_61_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 62: Power reports for first channel – periodic
Power reports for first channel – periodic
This parameter defines reporting interval for measured power. Periodic reports are independent from changes in value (parameter 61).
Available values
0 – periodic reports disabled
30-32400 (30s-9h, 1s step) – time interval
Values in the range 0 to 32400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```2600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_62_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 63: Power reports for second channel – on change
Power reports for second channel – on change
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter defines minimal change (from the last reported) in measured power that results in sending new report. For loads under 50W the parameter is irrelevant, report are sent every 5W change.
Available values
0 – reporting on change disabled
1-500 (1-500%, 1% step) – minimal change
Values in the range 0 to 500 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```15```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_63_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 64: Power reports for second channel – periodic
Power reports for second channel – periodic
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter defines reporting interval for measured power. Periodic reports are independent from changes in value (parameter 63).
Available values
0 – periodic reports disabled
30-32400 (30s-9h, 1s step) – time interval
Values in the range 0 to 32400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_64_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 65: Energy reports for first channel – on change
Energy reports for first channel – on change
This parameter defines minimal change (from the last reported) in measured energy that results in sending new report.
Available values
0 – reporting on change disabled
1-500 (0.01-5kWh, 0.01kWh step) – minimal change
Values in the range 0 to 500 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```10```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_65_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 66: Energy reports for first channel – periodic
Energy reports for first channel – periodic
This parameter defines reporting interval for measured energy. Periodic reports are independent from changes in value (parameter 65).
Available values
0 – periodic reports disabled
30-32400 (30s-9h, 1s step) – time interval
Values in the range 0 to 32400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_66_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 67: Energy reports for second channel – on change
Energy reports for second channel – on change
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
Description This parameter defines minimal change (from the last reported) in measured energy that results in sending new report.
Available values
0 – reporting on change disabled
1-500 (0.01-5kWh, 0.01kWh step) – minimal change
Values in the range 0 to 500 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```10```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_67_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 68: Energy reports for second channel – periodic
Energy reports for second channel – periodic
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
Description This parameter defines reporting interval for measured energy. Periodic reports are independent from changes in value (parameter 67).
Available values
0 – periodic reports disabled
30-32400 (30s-9h, 1s step) – time interval
Values in the range 0 to 32400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3600```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_68_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 150: First channel – operating mode
First channel – operating mode
This parameter allows to choose operating for the 1st channel .
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | standard operation |
| 1 | delayed OFF |
| 2 | single pulse |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (standard operation).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_150_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 151: Second channel – operating mode
Second channel – operating mode
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter allows to choose operating for the 2nd channel.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | standard operation |
| 1 | delayed OFF |
| 2 | single pulse |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (standard operation).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_151_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 152: 1st ch - reaction to switch
First channel - reaction to switch for delayed OFF / pulse modes
This parameter determines how the device in timed mode reacts to pushing the button for 1st channel. The parameter is relevant only for button toggles modes (parameter 20 set to 1 or 3).
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | cancel mode and set default state |
| 1 | no reaction - mode runs until it ends |
| 2 | reset timer - start counting from the beginning |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (cancel mode and set default state).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_152_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 153: 2nd ch - reaction to switch
Second channel - reaction to switch for delayed OFF / pulse modes
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter determines how the device in timed mode reacts to pushing the button for 2nd channel. The parameter is relevant only for button toggles modes (parameter 20 set to 1 or 3).
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | cancel mode and set default state |
| 1 | no reaction - mode runs until it ends |
| 2 | reset timer - start counting from the beginning |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (cancel mode and set default state).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_153_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 154: 1st ch - time parameter for delayed
First channel - time parameter for delayed OFF / pulse modes
This parameter allows to set time parameter used in timed modes for 1st channel (parameter 150). Delay time for switching off or duration of the pulse.
Available values
0 – 0.1 second
1-32000 (1-32000s, 1s step) – time parameter
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```50```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_154_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 155: 2nd ch - time parameter for delayed
Second channel - time parameter for delayed OFF / pulse modes
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter allows to set time parameter used in timed modes for 2nd channel (parameter 151). Delay time for switching off or duration of the pulse.
Available values
0 – 0.1 second
1-32000 (1-32000s, 1s step) – time parameter
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```50```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_155_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 156: 1st ch – ON value sent to 2nd/3rd
First channel – Switch ON value sent to 2nd and 3rd association groups
This parameter defines value sent with Switch ON command to devices associated in 2nd and 3rd association group for manual changes of Endpoint 1 state.
Available values
0-99 or 255
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```255```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_156_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 157: 1st ch – OFF value sent to 2nd/3rd
First channel – Switch OFF value sent to 2nd and 3rd association groups
This parameter defines value sent with Switch OFF command to devices associated in 2nd and 3rd association group for manual changes of Endpoint 1 state.
Available values
0-99 or 255
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_157_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 158: 1st ch – Double Click value sent to 2nd/3rd
First channel – Double Click value sent to 2nd and 3rd association groups
This parameter defines value sent with Double Click command to devices associated in 2nd and 3rd association group for manual changes of Endpoint 1 state.
Available values
0-99 or 255
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```99```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_158_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 159: 2nd ch – ON value sent to 4th/5th
Second channel – Switch ON value sent to 4th and 5th association groups
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter defines value sent with Switch ON command to devices associated in 4th and 5th association group for manual changes of Endpoint 2 state.
Available values
0-99 or 255 
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```255```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_159_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 160: 2nd ch – OFF value sent to 4th/5th
Second channel – Switch OFF value sent to 4th and 5th association groups
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter defines value sent with Switch OFF command to devices associated in 4th and 5th association group for manual changes of Endpoint 2 state.
Available values
0-99 or 255
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_160_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 161: 2nd ch – Double Click value sent to 4th/5th
Second channel – Double Click value sent to 4th and 5th association groups
**Only in Double Switch Mode**
This parameter defines value sent with Double Click command to devices associated in 4th and 5th association group for manual changes of Endpoint 2 state.
Available values
0-99 or 255
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```99```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_161_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The FGWDSEU supports 5 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
1st association group – “Lifeline” reports the device status and allows for assigning single device only (main controller by default).
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
### Group 2: ON/OFF (1)
2nd association group – “On/Off (1)” is used to turn the associated devices on/off reflecting button operation for 1st channel (uses Basic command class).
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Dimmer (1)
3rd association group – “Dimmer (1)” is used to change level of associated devices reflecting button operation for 1st channel (uses Switch Multilevel command class).
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: ON/OFF (2)
4th association group* – “On/Off (2)” is used to turn the associated devices on/off reflecting button operation for 2nd channel (uses Basic command class).
Association group 4 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Dimmer (2)
5th association group* – “Dimmer (2)” is used to change level of associated devices reflecting button operation for 2nd channel (uses Switch Multilevel command class).
Association group 5 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V4| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
#### Endpoint 1
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CENTRAL_SCENE_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V4| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SECURITY_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [FGWDSEU-221 Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/1064/FGWDSEU-221-T-EN-0-16.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/1064).

2
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fibaro/fgwoe011_0_0.md
View File

@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_APPLICATION_STATUS_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/forest/shuttlesl_0_0.md
View File

@ -35,13 +35,12 @@ You can also reset the device, but only use this if your main controller is not
The following table summarises the channels available for the Shuttle S/L -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Blinds Control | blinds_control | blinds_control | Blinds | Rollershutter |
### Switch
Switch binary command can be used to turn the Shuttle LZ fully open or fully closed.
Value:
@ -52,10 +51,9 @@ Value:
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Blinds Control
Values 0-99 (%) are used to set the rail to the preferred position.
Value 255 is used to set the curtain fully open.
@ -76,10 +74,9 @@ Primary switch type: 0x03
Secondary switch type: 0x00 (NOT SUPPORTED)
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
Provides start / stop control of blinds.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```blinds_control``` channel is of type ```blinds_control``` and supports the ```Rollershutter``` item and is in the ```Blinds``` category.

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/fortrezz/ssa1_0_0.md
View File

@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ After connecting power to the SSA1, you can test the alarm mode after manually e
The following table summarises the channels available for the SSA1/SSA2 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
If a Z-Wave MultiLevel Switch Set or Basic Set signal with a **value of 67 to 99 or 255** is received by the SSA1, the unit will sound a 117-decibel audible alarm and will flash the strobe lights. A **value of 1 to 33** will turn on only the strobe lights while a v**alue of 34 to 66** will turn on only the siren. The same messages with **value 0** will turn off both the siren and strobe lights. Or, the SSA1 can be turned off locally by quickly pressing the button three (3) times. The SSA1 only returns 0, 33, 66, or 99 in response to a Multilevel Switch Get or Basic Get command depending on the mode
@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ If a Z-Wave MultiLevel Switch Set or Basic Set signal with a **value of 67 to 99
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Alarm (burglar)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:

24
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/12718_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,28 +8,38 @@ title: 12718 - ZWave
# 12718 Smart Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *12718*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_12718_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
The device is in the category of *Light Bulb*, defining Devices that illuminate something, such as bulbs, etc..
![12718 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/339/339_default.png)
The 12718 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/339) to improve the documentation.
 Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Control Lamp Module with Dimmer Control. The lamp module enables wireless control of on/off and dim functions for standard incandescent table and floor lamps, as well as dimmable fluorescent, LED and CFL fixtures and more! Use the dimmer control to customize the lighting output and create the perfect ambiance for any room. The space-saving horizontal module plugs into a standard wall receptacle without blocking the second outlet or obstructing placement of furniture. It provides a Z-Wave enabled outlet for the lamp you would like to control and one always-on, standard pass-through AC outlet for other electrical appliances. Take control of your home lighting with GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Controls! 
### Inclusion Information
Single press and release the manual/program button on the smart dimmer to include it in the network
### Exclusion Information
Single press and release the manual/program button on the smart dimmer to exclude it from the network
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 12718 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.

237
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/12725_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE 12725 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE 12725 In-Wall Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE 12725*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_12725_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![GE 12725 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/486/486_default.jpg)
The GE 12725 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
RF controlled, in-wall 1000w dimmer, interchangeable paddle
### Inclusion Information
Press and release the top or bottom of the dimmer smart switch (rocker) to add it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Press and release the top or bottom of the dimmer smart switch (rocker) to remove it from the network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE 12725 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 9 configuration parameters available in the GE 12725.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | Night Light | Night Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| 5 | Ignore Start-Level (Receiving) | This dimmer will start dimming from its current level. |
| 7 | On/Off Command Dim Step | On/Off Command Dim Step |
| 8 | On/Off Command Dim Rate | On/Off Command Dim Rate |
| 9 | Local Control Dim Step | Local Control Dim Step |
| 10 | Local Control Dim Rate | Local Control Dim Rate |
| 11 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step |
| 12 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: Night Light
Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED. Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED on when switch is OFF |
| 1 | LED on when switch is ON |
| 2 | LED always off |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED on when switch is OFF).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
Invert the ON/OFF Switch State.
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON. 
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | No |
| 1 | Yes |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (No).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving)
This dimmer will start dimming from its current level.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | No |
| 1 | Yes |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (No).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: On/Off Command Dim Step
On/Off Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
On/Off Command Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution This sets how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Local Control Dim Step
Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Local Control Dim Rate
Local Control Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution. This sets how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution. This sets how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change. 
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/486/GE-ZW3006-manual-Gen-5.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/486).

32
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/12727_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,33 +8,41 @@ title: 12727 - ZWave
# 12727 GE 12727 Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Control Smart Toggle Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *12727*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_12727_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![12727 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/259/259_default.png)
The 12727 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
* The switch enables you to wirelessly control lights turning them on and off, schedule a timed event, or create a custom scene from anywhere in the world, at any time of the day.
* Easily replace any standard in-wall switch with the GE Z-Wave Smart Switch to control permanently installed lighting or fans with your mobile device or computer using any Z-Wave certified gateway. Can be controlled in groups of multiple lights or turned on or off within ambient interior lighting scene
### Inclusion Information
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-wave certified controller to include a device to the Z-wave network.
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-wave certified controller to include a device to the Z-wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to include your device, press up and release the toggle switch to include it in the network.
Note: Your controller may need to be within 10 feet of the device to be included.
3. Once your controller has confirmed that the device has been included, refresh the Z-wave network to optimize performance.
2. Once the controller is ready to include your device, press up and release the toggle switch to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Note: Your controller may need to be within 10 feet of the device to be included.
3. Once your controller has confirmed that the device has been included, refresh the Z-wave network to optimize performance.
Press up and release the toggle switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 12727 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
@ -46,7 +54,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 4 | Invert switch | Invert switch |
| 29 | Load Sensing | |
| 29 | Load Sensing | Load Sensing |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 4: Invert switch
@ -67,7 +75,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 29: Load Sensing
Load Sensing
Load Sensing Load sensing is disabled when shipped from the factory. This feature can be enabled if desired. Setting parameter 29 to a value of 1 will enable the Load Sense function
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.

23
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/12729_0_0.md
View File

@ -17,30 +17,33 @@ The 12729 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other ro
## Overview
* The dimmer allows you to wirelessly schedule, control and adjust the brightness of any hard-wired, dimmable light in your home anywhere in the world, at any time of the day.
* Easily replace any standard in-wall switch with the GE Z-Wave controlled dimmer switch to turn lighting On/Off or adjust dim levels with your mobile device or computer using any Z-Wave certified gateway. Can be controlled in groups of multiple lights or turned on or off within ambient interior lighting scenes.
### Inclusion Information
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-wave certified controller to include a device to the Z-wave network.
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-wave certified controller to include a device to the Z-wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to include your device, press up and release the toggle switch to include it in the network.
Note: Your controller may need to be within 10 feet of the device to be included.
3. Once your controller has confirmed that the device has been included, refresh the Z-wave network to optimize performance.
2. Once the controller is ready to include your device, press up and release the toggle switch to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Note: Your controller may need to be within 10 feet of the device to be included.
3. Once your controller has confirmed that the device has been included, refresh the Z-wave network to optimize performance.
Press up and release the toggle switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 12729 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.

153
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/12730zw4002_0_0.md
View File

@ -50,22 +50,163 @@ Note: To exclude and reset the device, follow the instructions provided by your
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE 12340 (ZW4002) -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the GE 12340 (ZW4002).
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | LED Light | Sets when the LED on the switch is lit. |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| 7 | Z-Wave Command Dim Step | Z-Wave Command Dim Step |
| 8 | Z-Wave Command Dim Rate | Z-Wave Command Dim Rate |
| 9 | Local Control Dim Step | Local Control Dim Step |
| 10 | Local Control Dim Rate | Local Control Dim Rate |
| 11 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step |
| 12 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: LED Light
Sets when the LED on the switch is lit.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED on when light off |
| 1 | LED on when light on |
| 2 | LED always off |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED on when light off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON, if the switch was installed upside down.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | No |
| 1 | Yes |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (No).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Z-Wave Command Dim Step
Z-Wave Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is 3. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Z-Wave Command Dim Rate
Z-Wave Command Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change
Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is 3. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Local Control Dim Step
Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step
Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is 3. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels.
.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Local Control Dim Rate
Local Control Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is 3. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels.
.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is 3. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is 3. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups

119
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14280_0_0.md
View File

@ -46,28 +46,131 @@ Press and release the manual/program button.
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW3107 / GE 14280 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 6 configuration parameters available in the ZW3107 / GE 14280.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | LED Light | LED Light |
| 7 | Dim Rate | number of steps or levels |
| 8 | Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller) | Timing of the steps |
| 9 | Dim rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled) | number of steps or levels |
| 10 | Dim Rate Adjustments | (When Manually Controlled) |
| 11 | Dim Rate Adjustments | (When Receiving All-On/All-Off Command) |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: LED Light
LED Light
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED Light on when Z-Wave turned OFF |
| 1 | LED Light on when Z-Wave Turned On |
| 2 | LED Light always OFF |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED Light on when Z-Wave turned OFF).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Dim Rate
number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller)
Timing of the steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Dim rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled)
number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Dim Rate Adjustments
(When Manually Controlled)
Timing of the steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Dim Rate Adjustments
(When Receiving All-On/All-Off Command)
number of steps of levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The ZW3107 / GE 14280 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
@ -78,7 +181,7 @@ The device does not support associations.
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |

139
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14282_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE Plug in Smart Switch - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE Plug in Smart Switch GE Plug in Smart Switch Zwave Plus
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE Plug in Smart Switch*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_14282_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![GE Plug in Smart Switch product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/517/517_default.jpg)
The GE Plug in Smart Switch supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Control and Appliance Module. The lighting control enables wireless control of on/off functions for standard table and floor lamps, and is compatible with incandescent, LED, Xenon, Halogen, fluorescent and compact fluorescent bulbs. Easily controlled by your mobile device or computer using any Z-Wave certified gateway, the space-saving horizontal module plugs into a standard wall receptacle without blocking the second outlet or obstructing placement of furniture. It provides dual simultaneous Z-Wave enabled outlets for the lamp or appliance that you would like to control and a regular pass-through AC outlet for other electrical appliances. Perfect for plug-in fans, heaters, lamps and more! Take control of your home lighting with GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Controls!
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your smart switch, single press and release the manual/program button on the smart switch to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to Exclude your device, press and release the manual/program button on the smart switch to exclude it from the network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE Plug in Smart Switch -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the GE Plug in Smart Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | LED light | control LED light behavior. Default is on when connected device is off |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: LED light
control LED light behavior. Default is on when connected device is off
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | reset to factory default |
| 1 | LED is on when connected device is on |
| 2 | LED is off at all times |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (reset to factory default).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The GE Plug in Smart Switch supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Basic Set and is controlled with the local load
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [User Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/517/ge-zwaveplus-plug-in-smart-switch-manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/517).

92
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14285_0_0.md
View File

@ -116,13 +116,101 @@ This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ``
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 4 configuration parameters available in the GE/Jasco 14285.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Product State after Power Reset | Product State after Power Reset |
| 2 | Energy Report Mode | Energy Report Mode |
| 3 | Energy Report Frequency | Energy Report Frequency |
| 19 | Alternate Exclusion | Alternate Exclusion |
### Parameter 1: Product State after Power Reset
Product State after Power Reset
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Return to last state |
| 1 | Return to off |
| 2 | Return to on |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Return to last state).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 2: Energy Report Mode
Energy Report Mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Once monthly |
| 1 | Reports based on Parameter 3 setting |
| 2 | Once daily |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Once monthly).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 3: Energy Report Frequency
Energy Report Frequency
Values in the range 5 to 60 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 19: Alternate Exclusion
Alternate Exclusion
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Default |
| 1 | Alternate Exclusion (3 button presses) |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Default).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The GE/Jasco 14285 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Basic Set, controlled by local load
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Basic Set,
controlled by pressing the On or Off button
Basic Set, controlled by pressing the On or Off button
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

43
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14288_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,32 +8,43 @@ title: 14288 - ZWave
# 14288 In-Wall Outlet
This describes the Z-Wave device *14288*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_14288_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![14288 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/714/714_default.png)
The 14288 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/714) to improve the documentation.
Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave Plus In-Wall Tamper-Resistant Smart Outlet. The GE Z-Wave Plus In-Wall Tamper-Resistant Smart Outlet enables wireless control of on/off functions from the Z-Wave controlled outlet, and is compatible with incandescent, LED, Halogen, fluorescent and compact fluorescent bulbs. The Smart Outlet replaces your current electrical outlet, uses your existing wiring, and provides a Z-Wave enabled outlet for the lamp or appliance that you would like to control and a standard pass-through AC outlet for other electrical appliances. The receptacle requires in-wall installation with hardwired connections. Take control of your smart home lighting with the GE Z-Wave Plus Wireless Smart Outlet Control.
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to add your device, press and release the Program Button to add it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to remove your device, press and release the manual/program button to remove it from the network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 14288 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
@ -44,10 +55,10 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | | LED Light configuration |
| 3 | LED Light configuration | LED Light configuration |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3:
### Parameter 3: LED Light configuration
LED Light configuration
0 - LED On when load is Off, Led Off when load is On
@ -59,11 +70,11 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED On when load is Off, Led Off when load is On |
| 1 | LED On when load is On, LED Off when laod is Off (Default) |
| 0 | LED On when load is Off |
| 1 | LED On when load is On |
| 2 | LED always off |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (LED On when load is On, LED Off when laod is Off (Default)).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (LED On when load is On).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
@ -131,6 +142,10 @@ Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/714/14288.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

157
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14289_0_0.md
View File

@ -33,35 +33,171 @@ Put smart lighting control at your fingertips with the GE Z-Wave Plus Touch Sens
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE 14289 (ZW3009) -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the GE 14289 (ZW3009).
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | Adjust Button LED Light | Adjust Button LED Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| 7 | Dim Rate Steps (From Z-Wave Controller) | Dim Rate Steps (From Z-Wave Controller) |
| 8 | Dim Rate Timing (From Z-Wave Controller) | Dim Rate Timing (From Z-Wave Controller) |
| 9 | Dim Rate Steps (When Manually Controlled) | Dim Rate Steps (When Manually Controlled) |
| 10 | Dim Rate Timing (When Manually Controlled) | Dim Rate Timing (When Manually Controlled) |
| 11 | Dim Rate Steps (When Receiving All-On/Off Command) | Dim Rate Steps (When Receiving All-On/Off Command) |
| 12 | Dim Rate Timing (All-On/Off Command) | Dim Rate Timing (All-On/Off Command) |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: Adjust Button LED Light
Adjust Button LED Light
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED ON / Device OFF |
| 1 | LED ON / Device ON |
| 2 | Disable LED |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED ON / Device OFF).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Default |
| 1 | Invert Switch |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Default).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Dim Rate Steps (From Z-Wave Controller)
Dim Rate Steps (From Z-Wave Controller)
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Dim Rate Timing (From Z-Wave Controller)
Dim Rate Timing (From Z-Wave Controller)
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Dim Rate Steps (When Manually Controlled)
Dim Rate Steps (When Manually Controlled)
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Dim Rate Timing (When Manually Controlled)
Dim Rate Timing (When Manually Controlled)
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Dim Rate Steps (When Receiving All-On/Off Command)
Dim Rate Steps (When Receiving All-On/Off Command)
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Dim Rate Timing (All-On/Off Command)
Dim Rate Timing (All-On/Off Command)
Dim Rate Timing (When Receiving All-On/Off Command)
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The GE 14289 (ZW3009) supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Basic Set and is controlled with the local load.
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
@ -90,6 +226,7 @@ The device does not support associations.
### Documentation Links
* [User guide](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/946/14289-QSG-v1.pdf)
* [Product Page](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/946/14289-Product-Page.pdf)
---

137
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14292_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE 14292 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE 14292 In-Wall Toggle Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE 14292*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_14292_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![GE 14292 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/606/606_default.jpg)
The GE 14292 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave Smart Toggle Switch. The In-Wall Smart Toggle Switch can easily replaces any standard in-wall switch and remotely controls a light in your home. Your home will be equipped with ultimate flexibility with the GE Z-Wave Smart Toggle Switch, capable of being used by itself or with up to four add-on switches. Screw terminal installation provides improved space efficiency when replacing existing switches and the integrated LED indicator light allows you to easily locate the switch in a dark room. 
### Inclusion Information
1. Once the controller is ready to include your device, press up and release on the toggle to include it in the network. 
2. Once your controller has confirmed that the device has been included, refresh the Z-Wave network to optimize performance. 
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to exclude your device, press up and release on the toggle to exclude it from the network. 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE 14292 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the GE 14292.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
If the switch is accidentally installed upside down with “On” at the bottom and “Off” at the top, the default On/Off rocker settings can be reversed by changing parameter 4’s value to “1”.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Normal Switch Install |
| 1 | Inverted Switch Install |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Normal Switch Install).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The GE 14292 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Lifeline
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [GE Jasco 14292 Quick Start Guide](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/606/14292-QSG-v1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/606).

225
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14295_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE 14295 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE 14295 In-Wall Dimmer Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE 14295*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_14295_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![GE 14295 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/680/680_default.png)
The GE 14295 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave In-Wall Smart Toggle Dimmer. The dimmer enables wireless control of on/off and dim functions of hard-wired dimmable LED/CFL and incandescent lighting. The dimmer replaces your current light switch, uses your existing wiring, and provides Z-Wave wireless and in-wall control of overhead lighting. Use the dimmer feature to customize the lighting output and create the perfect ambiance for any room. Providing ultimate flexibility, the In-Wall Smart Dimmer allows you to operate the switch by itself or easily integrate the switch three-way or four-way wiring configurations by adding the GE Add-On Switch. Single Pole wiring configuration controls the light from one location. Three-way wiring configuration controls the light from two separate locations. Four-way wiring configuration controls the light from three separate locations. The GE Add-On Switch is required for three-way or four-way installations. Take control of your home lighting with GE Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Controls!
### Inclusion Information
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-Wave certified controller to include a device to the Z-Wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to include your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart dimmer(rocker) to include it in the network. 
### Exclusion Information
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-Wave certified controller to exclude a device from the Z-Wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to Exclude your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart dimmer (rocker) to exclude it from the network. 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE 14295 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the GE 14295.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert the ON/OFF Switch State. |
| 7 | Dim Rate Adjustments | Number of steps or levels |
| 8 | Dim Rate Adjustments | Timing of steps or levels |
| 9 | Dim Rate Adjustments | Number of steps or levels |
| 10 | Dim Rate Adjustments | Timing of steps |
| 11 | Dim Rate Adjustments | Number of steps or levels |
| 12 | Dim Rate Adjustments | Timing of steps or levels |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert the ON/OFF Switch State.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | (Default) No |
| 1 | Yes |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` ((Default) No).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Dim Rate Adjustments
Number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Dim Rate Adjustments
Timing of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Dim Rate Adjustments
Number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Dim Rate Adjustments
Timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Dim Rate Adjustments
Number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Dim Rate Adjustments
Timing of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The GE 14295 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Association Group 1
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline, Multilevel Switch Report
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Association Group 2
Supports Basic Set and is controlled with the local load
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Association Group 3
Supports Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V2| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/680/14295-QSG-v1.pdf)
* [GE14295_Parameter](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/680/GE14295-Parameter.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/680).

285
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14299_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE/Jasco 14299 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE/Jasco 14299 GE/Jasco In-Wall 1000W Incandescent Smart Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE/Jasco 14299*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_14299_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![GE/Jasco 14299 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/862/862_default.jpg)
The GE/Jasco 14299 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
**Basic operation**
The connected light can be turned ON/OFF and adjust dim levels in two ways:
1. Manually from the front panel of the In-Wall Dimmer.
2. Remotely with a Z-Wave Controller .
**Manual control**
The Front Panel Rocker Dimmer allows the user to turn ON/OFF the connected fixture.
1. To turn the connected fixture ON: press and release the top of the rocker.
2. To turn the connected fixture OFF: press and release the bottom of the rocker.
**Adjust dim level**
1. To increase brightness: press and hold the top of the rocker.
2. To decrease brightness: press and hold the bottom of the rocker.
**Disable / Enable LED**
1. Press UP three (3) times then quickly press and release DOWN one (1) time.
2. Repeat to disable/enable LED.
**This device supports Association Command Class (3 Groups)**
1. Association Group 1 supports Lifeline, Switch Multilevel Report
2. Association Group 2 supports Basic Set and is controlled by pressing the On or Off button with the local load
3. Association Group 3 supports Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
4. Each Association Group supports 5 total nodes
### Inclusion Information
**Adding your device to a Z-Wave network**
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-Wave certified controller to add a device to the Z-Wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to add your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart switch (rocker) to add it in the network.
Please reference the controller's manual for instructions.
### Exclusion Information
**To remove and reset the device**
1. Follow the instructions for your Z-Wave certified controller to remove a device from the Z-Wave network.
2. Once the controller is ready to remove your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart dimmer (rocker) to remove it from the network.
**To return your switch to factory defaults:**
Quickly press ON (Top) button three (3) times then immediately press the OFF (Bottom) button three (3) times. The LED will flash ON/OFF 5 times when completed successfully. Note: This should only be used in the event your network’s primary controller is missing or otherwise inoperable.
### Wakeup Information
The GE/Jasco 14299 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE/Jasco 14299 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the GE/Jasco 14299.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | LED Light | LED Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| 7 | Dim Rate Adjustments | number of steps or levels |
| 8 | Dim Rate Adjustments | timing of steps |
| 9 | Dim Rate Adjustments | number of steps or levels |
| 10 | Dim Rate Adjustments | timing of steps |
| 11 | Dim Rate Adjustments | number of steps or levels |
| 12 | Dim Rate Adjustments | timing of steps |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: LED Light
LED Light
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED ON when load is OFF |
| 1 | LED ON when load is ON |
| 2 | LED always OFF |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED ON when load is OFF).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Default |
| 1 | Invert Switch |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Default).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Dim Rate Adjustments
number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Dim Rate Adjustments
timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Dim Rate Adjustments
number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Dim Rate Adjustments
timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Dim Rate Adjustments
number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Dim Rate Adjustments
timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The GE/Jasco 14299 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: controlled with the local load
controlled with the local load
Support Basic Set and is controlled with the local load
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
Supports Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the On or Off button
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [GE Jasco In-Wall 1000W Incandescant Smart Dimmer Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/862/14299-QSG-v2.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/862).

106
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/14318_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,10 +8,25 @@ title: Jasco 14318 - ZWave
# Jasco 14318 Jasco 3-way Light Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *Jasco 14318*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_14318_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![Jasco 14318 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/717/717_default.png)
The Jasco 14318 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
Transform any home into a smart home with the Jasco Z-Wave In-Wall Smart Switch. The on/off switch replaces your current light switch, uses your existing wiring, and provides Z-Wave wireless and in-wall control of overhead lighting. The switch enables wireless control of on/off functions of direct wire incandescent, LED, xenon, halogen and fluorescent lighting. Providing ultimate flexibility, the Jasco Z-Wave Smart Lighting Control On/Off Switch allows you to operate the switch by itself or easily integrate the switch with two-way, three-way or four-way wiring configurations by adding the Jasco Add-On switch. Single pole wiring configuration turns the light or appliance on/off from one location. Three-way wiring configuration turns the light on/off from two separate locations. Four-way wiring configuration turns the light on/off from three separate locations. The Jasco Add-On Switch is required for Three-way or Four-way installations. The lighting control includes a blue LED indicator light to easily locate the switch in a dark room. Take control of your home lighting with Jasco Z-Wave Smart Lighting Controls!
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your device, press and release the top or bottom of the wireless smart switch(rocker) to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to exclude your device, press and release the top button of the wireless smart switch (rocker) to exclude it from the network.
### Wakeup Information
The Jasco 14318 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
@ -22,34 +37,105 @@ The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor
The following table summarises the channels available for the Jasco 14318 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 2 configuration parameters available in the Jasco 14318.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | LED Light | LED Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: LED Light
LED Light
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | LED light on when Z-Wave turned on |
| 2 | LED light always off |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (LED light on when Z-Wave turned on).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | Invert Switch |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The Jasco 14318 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: ontrolled with the local load.
Supports Basic Set
Supports Basic Set and is controlled with the local load.
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: ontrolled by double pressing the On or Off button.
Supports Basic Set
Supports Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the On or Off button.
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

24
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/26933_0_0.md
View File

@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the In-Wall Smart Moti
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel and is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel and is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Operation Mode
Sets how the light responds to motion
@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ Sets how the light responds to motion
Generic class for configuration parameter.
The ```config_decimal``` channel and is of type ```config_decimal``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```config_decimal``` channel is of type ```config_decimal``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm (burglar)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel and is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer1``` channel and is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer1``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Motion Alarm
Indicates if a motion alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_motion2``` channel and is of type ```alarm_motion``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Motion``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_motion2``` channel is of type ```alarm_motion``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Motion``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| 30 | 30 minutes |
| 255 | Disable timeout |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5``` (5 minutes).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```5``` ( 5 minutes).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
@ -419,10 +419,10 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Dim up the light to the default level quickly (Default) |
| 0 | Dim up the light quickly (Default) |
| 1 | Dim up the light to the default level slowly |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Dim up the light to the default level quickly (Default)).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Dim up the light quickly (Default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_18_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
@ -435,10 +435,10 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Press and release any button on the switch (Default) |
| 1 | Press and release “X” btn and repeat for “ON“ btn |
| 0 | Press and release any button (Default) |
| 1 | Press & release “X” btn & then “ON“ btn |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Press and release any button on the switch (Default)).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Press and release any button (Default)).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.

229
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/28167_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE 28167 (ZW3104) - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE 28167 (ZW3104) Plug-In Smart Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE 28167 (ZW3104)*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_28167_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![GE 28167 (ZW3104) product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/577/577_default.png)
The GE 28167 (ZW3104) does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave Plug-In Smart Dimmer. The Smart Dimmer enables wireless control of on/off and dim functions for standard incandescent table and floor lamps, as well as dimmable fluorescent, LED and CFL fixtures and more! Use the dimmer control to customize the lighting output and create the perfect ambiance for any room. The space-saving horizontal module plugs into a standard wall receptacle without blocking the second outlet or obstructing placement of furniture. The Dimmer provides one Z-Wave enabled outlet for the lamp you would like to control. Take control of your home lighting with GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Controls!
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to add your smart dimmer, single press and release the manual/program button on the smart dimmer to add it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to remove your device, press and release the manual/program button on the smart dimmer to remove it from the network
### Wakeup Information
The GE 28167 (ZW3104) does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE 28167 (ZW3104) -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the GE 28167 (ZW3104).
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | LED Light | LED Light |
| 7 | Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller) | Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller) |
| 8 | Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller) | Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller) |
| 9 | Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled) | Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled) |
| 10 | Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled) | Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled) |
| 11 | Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Commands) | Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Commands) |
| 12 | Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Command) | Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Command) |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: LED Light
LED Light
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | LED On when light is turned Off |
| 1 | LED On when light is turned On |
| 2 | LED always Off |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (LED On when light is turned Off).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 7: Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller)
Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller)
Number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 8: Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller)
Dim Rate Adjustments (From Z-Wave Controller)
Timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled)
Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled)
Number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled)
Dim Rate Adjustments (When Manually Controlled)
Timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 11: Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Commands)
Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Commands)
Dim Rate Adjustments (When Receiving All-On/Off Commands)
Number of steps or levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 12: Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Command)
Dim Rate Adjustments (All-On/Off Command)
Dim Rate Adjustments (When Receiving All-On/Off Command)
Timing of steps
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The GE 28167 (ZW3104) supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Association Group 2
supports Basic Set and is controlled with the local load
Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Association Group 3
supports Basic Set and is controlled by double pressing the button
Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_MULTILEVEL_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTIVATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SCENE_ACTUATOR_CONF_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [GE/Jasco 28167 manual - Quick Start Guide](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/577/28167-QSG-v1.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/577).

48
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/28177_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,46 +8,55 @@ title: 28177 - ZWave
# 28177 GE Z-Wave Plus Wireless Smart Lighting Control Appliance Module
This describes the Z-Wave device *28177*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_28177_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![28177 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/761/761_default.png)
The 28177 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/761) to improve the documentation.
Transform any home into a smart home with the plug-in GE Z-Wave Plus 2-Outlet Smart Switch with 2 USB Ports. The dual USB ports allow the Z-Wave switch to function as a wall charger for USB compatible devices. The smart switch enables you to wirelessly control to turn lights on and off, schedule a timed event or create a custom scene from anywhere in the world, at any time of the day. Helping to cut energy costs and keep your home safe, it also features a space-saving, horizontal design keeps one outlet free for your convenience and full Z-Wave control from smartphones, tablets, PC's and Z-Wave enabled wireless remotes. Take control of your home lighting with GE Z-Wave Plus 2-Outlet Smart Switch with dual USB charging Ports!
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to add your smart switch, single press and release the manual/program button on the smart switch to add it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to Exclude your device, press and release the manual/program button on the smart switch to remove it from the network
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 28177 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | Switch | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Switch 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 2
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
@ -97,9 +106,10 @@ Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controlle
The 28177 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
### Group 1: Lifeline
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Lifeline
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
@ -157,6 +167,10 @@ Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/761/28177-QSG-and-Parameters.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

103
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/35931_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,38 +8,125 @@ title: 35931 - ZWave
# 35931 Enbrighten 60W Dimmable Light Bulb
This describes the Z-Wave device *35931*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_35931_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Light Bulb*, defining Devices that illuminate something, such as bulbs, etc..
![35931 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/536/536_default.png)
The 35931 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/536) to improve the documentation.
Breathe new life into your home’s Z-Wave network when you upgrade to an Enbrighten Smart LED Bulb. This 60-watt equivalent bulb works with all standard light fixtures and lamps, allowing you to update to smart control without compromising the design of your home. No wiring is required — simply replace your existing E26 light bulb with the smart bulb (E26 base, A19 style) and begin enjoying the long life of your new light. This Enbrighten Dimmable LED Bulb has full-range dimmability, saving you energy costs year-round. From the convenience of your smartphone or tablet, turn the lights on and off, dim or brighten your room and set lights according to your schedule. At 750 lumens, this LED bulb consumes only 9 watts of power while burning brightly for up to 25,000 hours. Experience the bright side of life with the Enbrighten Smart LED Bulb.
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your LED Smart Bulb, turn on power to the socket. The Enbrighten LED Smart Bulb will be automatically included into your network within 30 seconds, and the smart bulb will flash 2 times to signify successful inclusion into your network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to exclude your LED Smart Bulb, turn on power to the socket. Tthe smart bulb will flash 2 times to signify successful exclusion from your network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 35931 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 3 configuration parameters available in the 35931.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Dim level when light is turned ON | Dim level when light is turned ON |
| 9 | Dimming/Brightening Step Level | Dimming/Brightening Step Level |
| 10 | Dimming/Brightening Step Timing | Dimming/Brightening Step Timing |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 1: Dim level when light is turned ON
Dim level when light is turned ON
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Full brightness |
| 1 | Last brightness setting |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Full brightness).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 9: Dimming/Brightening Step Level
Dimming/Brightening Step Level
You may change the dimming step level when you adjust the brightness by your controller/gateway.
When the value is low, dimming/brightening is gradual.
When the value is high, dimming/brightening is rapid.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 10: Dimming/Brightening Step Timing
Dimming/Brightening Step Timing
You may change the dimming speed quicker or slower.
When the value is low, the step timing is quick.
When the value is high, the step timing is slow.
Values in the range 1 to 10 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The 35931 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/45603_0_0.md
View File

@ -43,15 +43,14 @@ Jasco's Z-Wave Plug-In Lamp and Appliance Module allows you the option to adjust
The following table summarises the channels available for the 45603 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
@ -114,6 +113,7 @@ The device does not support associations.
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |

24
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/45605_0_0.md
View File

@ -17,25 +17,31 @@ The 45605 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other ro
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/45) to improve the documentation.
Transform any home into a smart home with the Jasco Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Control Duplex Receptacle. The Jasco Z-Wave duplex receptacle enables wireless control of on/off functions from the Z-Wave controlled outlet, and is compatible with incandescent, LED, Xenon, Halogen, fluorescent and compact fluorescent bulbs. The duplex receptacle includes a blue LED indicator light to easily locate the receptacle in a dark room. The receptacle replaces your current electrical outlet, uses your existing wiring and provides a Z-Wave enabled outlet for the lamp or appliance that you would like to control and a standard pass-through AC outlet for other electrical appliances. The receptacle requires in-wall installation with hardwired connections. Take control of your home lighting with Jasco Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Controls! 
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to add your device, press and release the Program Button to add it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Press and release the Program Button
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 45605 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Night Light | config_decimal | | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Night Light | config_decimal | config_decimal | | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Night Light
Defines the behaviour of the blue LED
0 = LED on when switch is OFF
@ -46,7 +52,7 @@ Defines the behaviour of the blue LED
Generic class for configuration parameter.
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```config_decimal``` channel is of type ```config_decimal``` and supports the ```Number``` item.

24
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/45606_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,26 +8,38 @@ title: 45606 - ZWave
# 45606 2-Way Dimmer Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *45606*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_45606_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![45606 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/41/41_default.png)
The 45606 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/41) to improve the documentation.
Wireless Lighting Control, On/Off/Dim Dimmer Switch
### Inclusion Information
Tap the top or bottom of the rocker
### Exclusion Information
Tap the top or bottom of the rocker
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 45606 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.

88
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/45607_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,26 +8,38 @@ title: 45607 - ZWave
# 45607 2-Way Dimmer Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *45607*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_45607_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![45607 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/377/377_default.png)
The 45607 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/377) to improve the documentation.
Transform any home into a smart home with the Jasco Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Control Dimmer Switch. The Jasco Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Control Dimmer Switch enables wireless control of on/off and dim functions of hard-wired incandescent lighting. The dimmer switch replaces your current light switch, uses your existing wiring, and provides Z-Wave wireless and in-wall control of overhead lighting. Use the dimmer feature to customize the lighting output and create the perfect ambiance for any room. Providing ultimate flexibility, the Jasco Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Control Dimmer Switch allows you to operate the switch by itself or easily integrate the switch with two-way, three-way or four-way wiring configurations by adding the Jasco Auxiliary switch for Z-Wave. Two-way wiring configuration turns the light or appliance on/off from one location. Three-way wiring configuration turns the light or appliance on/off from two separate locations. Four-way wiring configuration turns the light or appliance on/off from three separate locations. The Jasco Auxiliary Switch for Z-Wave is required for three-way or four-way installations. The dimmer switch includes an LED indicator light to easily locate the switch in a dark room. Take control of your home lighting with Jasco Z-Wave Wireless Lighting Controls! 
### Inclusion Information
Tap the top or bottom of the rocker.
### Exclusion Information
Tap the top or bottom of the rocker.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 45607 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
@ -38,35 +50,23 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | Night Light | Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off. |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom
of the switch to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down,
remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch. |
| 3 | Night Light | Night Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| 5 | Ignore Start-Level (Receiving) | This dimmer will start dimming from its current level. |
| 7 | On/Off Command Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 8 | On/Off Command Dim Rate | This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution,
how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1,
then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55
seconds the dim level w |
| 8 | On/Off Command Dim Rate | On/Off Command Dim Rate |
| 9 | Local Control Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 10 | Local Control Dim Rate | This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution,
how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1,
then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55
seconds the dim level will |
| 10 | Local Control Dim Rate | Local Control Dim Rate |
| 11 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 12 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution,
how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1,
then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55
seconds the dim level w |
| 12 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: Night Light
Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -82,11 +82,10 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom
of the switch to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down,
remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom  of the switch to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -128,11 +127,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution,
how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1,
then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55
seconds the dim level w
On/Off Command Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1,  then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
@ -153,11 +153,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Local Control Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution,
how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1,
then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55
seconds the dim level will
Local Control Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 <br>seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
@ -178,11 +179,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution,
how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1,
then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55
seconds the dim level w
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
@ -226,6 +228,10 @@ The device does not support associations.
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Kit Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/377/GE-45613-manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

21
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw1001_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ title: ZW1001 - ZWave
# ZW1001 Smart Outlet
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW1001*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_zw1001_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![ZW1001 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/46/46_default.jpg)
@ -15,21 +17,28 @@ The ZW1001 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other r
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/46) to improve the documentation.
Transform any home into a smart home with the GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Control Duplex Receptacle. The GE Z-Wave duplex receptacle enables wireless control of on/off functions from the Z-Wave controlled outlet, and is compatible with incandescent, LED, Xenon, Halogen, fluorescent and compact fluorescent bulbs. The duplex receptacle includes a blue LED indicator light to easily locate the receptacle in a dark room. The receptacle replaces your current electrical outlet, uses your existing wiring and provides a Z-Wave enabled outlet for the lamp or appliance that you would like to control and a standard pass-through AC outlet for other electrical appliances. The receptacle requires in-wall installation with hardwired connections. Take control of your home lighting with GE Z-Wave Smart Lighting Controls! 
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your device, press and release the Program Button to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Press and release the Program Button to exlude it from the network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW1001 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.

75
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw3003_0_0.md
View File

@ -19,20 +19,27 @@ The ZW3003, GE 12724 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate usi
Also goes by GE / Jasco catalog number 12724.
### Inclusion Information
When prompted by your primary controller, tap the top or bottom of the rocker.
### Exclusion Information
Tap the top or bottom of the rocker.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW3003, GE 12724 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
@ -43,28 +50,23 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | Night Light | Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off. |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert the ON/OFF Switch State.
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control |
| 3 | Night Light | Night Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| 5 | Ignore Start-Level (Receiving) | This dimmer will start dimming from its current level. |
| 7 | On/Off Command Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 8 | On/Off Command Dim Rate | This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution.
This sets how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the |
| 9 | Local Control Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 10 | Local Control Dim Rate | This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution.
This sets how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the |
| 11 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 12 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution.
This sets how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the |
| 7 | On/Off Command Dim Step | On/Off Command Dim Step |
| 8 | On/Off Command Dim Rate | On/Off Command Dim Rate |
| 9 | Local Control Dim Step | Local Control Dim Step |
| 10 | Local Control Dim Rate | Local Control Dim Rate |
| 11 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step |
| 12 | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: Night Light
Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -80,10 +82,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert Switch
Invert the ON/OFF Switch State.
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -114,8 +118,8 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: On/Off Command Dim Step
On/Off Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
@ -125,9 +129,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution.
This sets how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the
On/Off Command Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution. This sets how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
@ -137,8 +144,8 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Local Control Dim Step
Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
@ -148,9 +155,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Local Control Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution.
This sets how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the
Local Control Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution. This sets how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.
@ -160,8 +170,8 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
@ -171,9 +181,12 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution.
This sets how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the
ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution. This sets how often the dim level will change.
For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change.
If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dim level will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3```.

38
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw3102_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,64 +10,58 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW3102*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![ZW3102 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/753/753_default.jpg)
![ZW3102 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/753/753_default.png)
The ZW3102 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/753) to improve the documentation.
Energy Monitoring Lamp Module
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW3102 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Electric meter (power factor)
Indicates the instantaneous power factor.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel is of type ```meter_powerfactor``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw4002_0_0.md
View File

@ -54,16 +54,15 @@ Tap up or down
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW4002 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
@ -98,7 +97,9 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert the ON/OFF Switch State
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.  Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control.
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -164,6 +165,7 @@ Association group 3 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
### Documentation Links

108
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw4004_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: GE ZW4004 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# GE ZW4004 GE Z-Wave Wireless Smart Lighting and Appliance Control - 40 Amp
This describes the Z-Wave device *GE ZW4004*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_zw4004_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![GE ZW4004 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/655/655_default.png)
The GE ZW4004 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Outdoor 40amp Direct Wire Box Control with Energy Monitoring
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your device, press and release the exterior-mounted push button to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Press and release the exterior-mounted push button to exclude it from the network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the GE ZW4004 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (power factor)
Indicates the instantaneous power factor.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel is of type ```meter_powerfactor``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V3| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Specifications](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/655/JA45734-Specifications.pdf)
* [Product Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/655/JA45734-Manual.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/655).

38
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw4005_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,25 +10,35 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW4005, 12722*, manufactured by *Jasco Product
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![ZW4005, 12722 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/48/48_default.png)
The ZW4005, 12722 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
Also marketed as GE / Jasco 12722.
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your smart switch, press and release the top or bottom button on the smart switch to include it in the network.
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to exclude your device, press and release the top or bottom button on the smart switch to exclude it from the network.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW4005, 12722 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
@ -39,18 +49,16 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 3 | Night Light | Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off. |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert the ON/OFF Switch State.
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control |
| 3 | Night Light | Night Light |
| 4 | Invert Switch | Invert Switch |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 3: Night Light
Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -66,10 +74,10 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Invert the ON/OFF Switch State.
Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control
Invert Switch
Invert the ON/OFF Switch State. Setting this parameter to Yes will change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, the load will now be control
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -111,7 +119,7 @@ The device does not support associations.
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |

53
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw4102_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,60 +8,67 @@ title: ZW4102 - ZWave
# ZW4102 Energy Monitoring Appliance Module
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW4102*, manufactured by *Jasco Products* with the thing type UID of ```ge_zw4102_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![ZW4102 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/646/646_default.png)
The ZW4102 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/646) to improve the documentation.
RF controlled, energy monitoring plug-in relay
### Inclusion Information
Tap the button (press and release)
### Exclusion Information
Tap the button (press and release)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW4102 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (power factor) | meter_powerfactor | meter_powerfactor | Energy | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (power factor)
Indicates the instantaneous power factor.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_powerfactor``` channel is of type ```meter_powerfactor``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
@ -91,6 +98,10 @@ The device does not support associations.
| COMMAND_CLASS_PROTECTION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V1| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/646/User-Manual-1372499.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

46
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/ge/zw6302_0_0.md
View File

@ -19,26 +19,40 @@ The ZW6302 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - i
## Overview
Make the move toward convenience with the Z-Wave Portable Smart Motion Sensor for your home.  This Z-Wave compatible device boosts the safety of your home by working with your home’s gateway  to wirelessly trigger scenes and send alerts to your smartphone or tablet whenever motion is detected. 
Use the included batteries for easy placement anywhere, plug into the wall using a AC adapter and  USB cable – never replace batteries again. 
### Inclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to include your motion sensor, press and release the button on the sensor to include it in the network
### Exclusion Information
Once the controller is ready to exclude your motion sensor, press and release the button on the sensor to exclude it from the network. 
### Wakeup Information
The ZW6302 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
Press and release the button on the sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW6302 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Motion Alarm | alarm_motion | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Motion Alarm | alarm_motion | alarm_motion | Motion | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -50,7 +64,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Motion Alarm
Indicates if a motion alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_motion``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_motion``` channel is of type ```alarm_motion``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Motion``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -62,8 +76,8 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -76,7 +90,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 13 | Motion Sensor | Motion Sensor |
| 18 | PIR Timeout Duration | PIR Timeout Duration in Minutes |
| 20 | Basic Set, Notification and Basic Report | Basic Set, Notification and Basic Report |
| 28 | Enable & Disable the LED indication when PIR is triggered | Enable & Disable the LED indication when PIR is triggered |
| 28 | Enable & Disable the LED indication | Enable & Disable the LED indication |
| | Wakeup Interval | Sets the interval at which the device will accept commands from the controller |
| | Wakeup Node | Sets the node ID of the device to receive the wakeup notifications |
@ -105,10 +119,10 @@ The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the rang
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | 1 Minute |
| 2 | 2 Minutes |
| 5 | 5 Minutes |
| 10 | 10 Minutes |
| 1 | One Minute |
| 2 | Two Minutes |
| 5 | Five Minutes |
| 10 | Ten Minutes |
| 255 | Test Mode [5 seconds] |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```60```.
@ -133,10 +147,10 @@ The manufacturer defined default value is ```1``` (Motion Sensor will send out N
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 28: Enable & Disable the LED indication when PIR is triggered
### Parameter 28: Enable & Disable the LED indication
Enable & Disable the LED indication
Enable & Disable the LED indication when PIR is triggered
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |

35
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/goodway/78008_0_0.md
View File

@ -43,17 +43,16 @@ can include 2 extern sensors
The following table summarises the channels available for the 78008 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Binary Sensor
Indicates if a sensor has triggered.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_binary``` channel is of type ```sensor_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -63,10 +62,9 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -76,11 +74,10 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -93,7 +90,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 1 | Basic set level for nodes of group2 | 255: Binary switch ON, 1-99: Dimmer level |
| 2 | Basic set OFF delay time for nodes of group2 | 0: Disable, 0-127 Second |
| 3 | Delay time to enter standby mode | After force to wake up, delay time to enter standby mode again |
| 4 | In standby, delay time to enter standby after wake up | In standby mode, after wake up, delay time for standby again |
| 4 | Delay time to enter standby after wake up | Delay time to enter standby after wake up |
| 5 | Set waiting exclusion time | Set waiting exclusion time |
| 6 | Activate/Deactivate WUT standby mode | 0: Always wake up, 1: Enter standby mode |
| 7 | Activate/Deactivate Tamper alarm mode | 0: Disable, 1: Enable |
@ -140,9 +137,9 @@ The manufacturer defined default value is ```10```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 4: In standby, delay time to enter standby after wake up
### Parameter 4: Delay time to enter standby after wake up
In standby mode, after wake up, delay time for standby again
Delay time to enter standby after wake up
In standby mode, after wake up, delay time for standby again
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -221,11 +218,11 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 3 | 3 minutes |
| 5 | 5 minutes |
| 10 | 10 minutes |
| 3 | Report every 3 minutes |
| 5 | Report every 5 minutes |
| 10 | Report every 10 minutes |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3``` (3 minutes).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```3``` (Report every 3 minutes).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.

80
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/goodway/td1311_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ title: TD1311 - ZWave
# TD1311 In wall Power Monitor Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *TD1311*, manufactured by *Good Way Technology Co., Ltd* with the thing type UID of ```goodway_td1311_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Wall Switch*, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
![TD1311 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/476/476_default.jpg)
@ -15,69 +17,97 @@ The TD1311 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other r
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/476) to improve the documentation.
* Small form factor that fits in most gang boxes worldwide
* Switch and Monitor power consumption
* Switch and Monitor via Z-Wave
* Latest Z-Wave protocol and commands
* Optimized antenna range
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the TD1311 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | Energy | Number |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | Energy | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 2
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts2``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The device has no configuration parameters defined.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the TD1311.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 1 | Meter Report duration | Meter Report duration |
| | Switch All Mode | Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands |
### Parameter 1: Meter Report duration
Meter Report duration
Values in the range 5 to 1092 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is ```30```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_2``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Switch All Mode
Set the mode for the switch when receiving SWITCH ALL commands.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Exclude from All On and All Off groups |
| 1 | Include in All On group |
| 2 | Include in All Off group |
| 255 | Include in All On and All Off groups |
This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups

32
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/graber/csz1_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ title: CSZ1 - ZWave
# CSZ1 Cellular Shade Radio Z-Wave
This describes the Z-Wave device *CSZ1*, manufactured by *Graber* with the thing type UID of ```graber_csz1_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Blinds*, defining Roller shutters, window blinds, etc..
![CSZ1 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/587/587_default.png)
@ -29,31 +31,28 @@ See http://products.z-wavealliance.org/products/1749
The following table summarises the channels available for the CSZ1 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -64,7 +63,14 @@ The device has no configuration parameters defined.
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The CSZ1 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 1 node.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

114
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/greenwave/gwpn5_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *GWPN5*, manufactured by *GreenWave Reality Inc
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![GWPN5 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/264/264_default.png)
The GWPN5 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
@ -32,51 +35,47 @@ On the PowerNode, press and hold the **Sync** button for approximately one secon
The following table summarises the channels available for the GWPN5 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | Energy | Number |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | Energy | Number |
| Switch 3 | switch_binary3 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | Energy | Number |
| Switch 4 | switch_binary4 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 4 | meter_watts4 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 4 | meter_kwh4 | Energy | Number |
| Switch 5 | switch_binary5 | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 5 | meter_watts5 | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 5 | meter_kwh5 | Energy | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Alarm | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Switch 3 | switch_binary3 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Switch 4 | switch_binary4 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 4 | meter_watts4 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 4 | meter_kwh4 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Switch 5 | switch_binary5 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 5 | meter_watts5 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 5 | meter_kwh5 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm
Indicates if an alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_general``` channel is of type ```alarm_general``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Alarm``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -86,94 +85,79 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Switch 1
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary1``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts1``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 2
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary2``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts2``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 3
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary3``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary3``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 3
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts3``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 3
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh3``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 4
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary4``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary4``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 4
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts4``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts4``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 4
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh4``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh4``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 5
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary5``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary5``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 5
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts5``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts5``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 5
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh5``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh5``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
@ -321,7 +305,7 @@ Association group 4 supports 1 node.
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_ALL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CRC_16_ENCAP_V1| |
@ -336,35 +320,35 @@ Association group 4 supports 1 node.
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
#### Endpoint 2
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
#### Endpoint 3
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
#### Endpoint 4
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
#### Endpoint 5
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SWITCH_BINARY_V1| Linked to BASIC|
| COMMAND_CLASS_METER_V2| |
### Documentation Links

138
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/hank/acc01_0_0.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ACC01 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ACC01 HKZW
This describes the Z-Wave device *ACC01*, manufactured by *[Hank](http://www.hank-tech.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```hank_acc01_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Remote Control*, defining Any portable or hand-held device that controls the status of something, e.g. remote control, keyfob etc..
![ACC01 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/725/725_default.png)
The ACC01 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
ACC01 is an IR Transceiver based on Z-Wave technology. It is used for sending IR codes to infrared communicaiton controlling devices suchas TV, air condition, and TV box.
### Inclusion Information
Triple click the Z-Button within 1.5 seconds.
For secure inclusion, press and hold the button for 3 seconds.
### Exclusion Information
Triple click the Z-Button within 1.5 seconds.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ACC01 -:
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 3 configuration parameters available in the ACC01.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| 93 | Clear IR information | Clear IR information |
| 254 | Enable/Disable configuration | |
| 255 | Reset & remove from Z-Wave network | Reset & remove from Z-Wave network |
### Parameter 93: Clear IR information
Clear IR information
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 1 to 1431655765 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1431655765 | Clear IR Information |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_93_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 254: Enable/Disable configuration
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | Unlock |
| 1 | Lock |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Unlock).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
### Parameter 255: Reset & remove from Z-Wave network
Reset & remove from Z-Wave network
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 1 to 1431655765 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1431655765 | Reset & remove from network |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```1```.
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ACC01 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints
#### Endpoint 0
| Command Class | Comment |
|---------------|---------|
| COMMAND_CLASS_NO_OPERATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_BASIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_GRP_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_DEVICE_RESET_LOCALLY_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ZWAVEPLUS_INFO_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_CONFIGURATION_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_POWERLEVEL_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_MD_V1| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_SIMPLE_AV_CONTROL_V1| Linked to BASIC|
### Documentation Links
* [User Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/725/HKZW-ACC01-MANUL.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can [contribute to the database here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/725).

73
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/hank/hkzwms01_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,53 +8,69 @@ title: HKZW_MS01 - ZWave
# HKZW_MS01 Multisensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *HKZW_MS01*, manufactured by *[Hank](http://www.hank-tech.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```hank_hkzwms01_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Sensor*, defining Device used to measure something.
![HKZW_MS01 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/675/675_default.png)
The HKZW_MS01 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
The HKZW_MS01 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
## Overview
Detects motion, temperature, humidity, and luminance
### Inclusion Information
Triple click the Z-Button
Hold Z-button for 3 seconds for secure inclusion
### Exclusion Information
Triple click the Z-Button
### Wakeup Information
The HKZW_MS01 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. The wakeup period can be configured in the user interface - it is advisable not to make this too short as it will impact battery life - a reasonable compromise is 1 hour.
The wakeup period does not impact the devices ability to report events or sensor data. The device can be manually woken with a button press on the device as described below - note that triggering a device to send an event is not the same as a wakeup notification, and this will not allow the controller to communicate with the device.
Press the Z-Button
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the HKZW_MS01 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | | Number |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number:Temperature |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | | Number |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
Indicates the current temperature.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel is of type ```sensor_temperature``` and supports the ```Number:Temperature``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Sensor (relative humidity)
Indicates the current relative humidity.
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel is of type ```sensor_relhumidity``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
Indicates the current light reading.
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel is of type ```sensor_luminance``` and supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (burglar)
Indicates if the burglar alarm is triggered.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel is of type ```alarm_burglar``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -64,11 +80,10 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration
@ -92,16 +107,16 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 1 | 1 |
| 2 | 2 |
| 3 | 3 |
| 4 | 4 |
| 5 | 5 |
| 6 | 6 |
| 7 | 7 |
| 8 | 8 |
| 1 | Sensitivity 1 |
| 2 | Sensitivity 2 |
| 3 | Sensitivity 3 |
| 4 | Sensitivity 4 |
| 5 | Sensitivity 5 |
| 6 | Sensitivity 6 |
| 7 | Sensitivity 7 |
| 8 | Sensitivity 8 |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```8``` (8).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```8``` (Sensitivity 8).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
@ -199,6 +214,10 @@ Association group 2 supports 5 nodes.
| COMMAND_CLASS_ASSOCIATION_V2| |
| COMMAND_CLASS_VERSION_V2| |
### Documentation Links
* [Manual](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/675/HKZW-MS01-MANUL.pdf)
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?

44
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/hank/hkzws001_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ title: HKZW-SO01 - ZWave
# HKZW-SO01 Smart Plug with two USB ports
This describes the Z-Wave device *HKZW-SO01*, manufactured by *[Hank](http://www.hank-tech.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```hank_hkzws001_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Power Outlet*, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
![HKZW-SO01 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/570/570_default.png)
The HKZW-SO01 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
@ -58,58 +63,51 @@ To remove Smart Plug from the Z-Wave network:
The following table summarises the channels available for the HKZW-SO01 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
Switch the power on and off.
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
The ```switch_binary``` channel is of type ```switch_binary``` and supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Electric meter (amps)
Indicates the instantaneous current consumption.
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_current``` channel is of type ```meter_current``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
Indicates the energy consumption (kWh).
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_kwh``` channel is of type ```meter_kwh``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
Indicates the instantaneous voltage.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_voltage``` channel is of type ```meter_voltage``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
Indicates the instantaneous power consumption.
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The ```meter_watts``` channel is of type ```meter_watts``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.

9
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/hank/hkzwso03_0_0.md
View File

@ -213,7 +213,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```switchall_mode``` and is of type ```I
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The device does not support associations.
The HKZW_SO03 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
The Lifeline association group reports device status to a hub and is not designed to control other devices directly. When using the Lineline group with a hub, in most cases, only the lifeline group will need to be configured and normally the hub will perform this automatically during the device initialisation.
Association group 1 supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

47
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/hank/rgbbulb_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,49 +10,56 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *RGB bulb*, manufactured by *[Hank](http://www.
The device is in the category of *Light Bulb*, defining Devices that illuminate something, such as bulbs, etc..
![RGB bulb product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/598/598_default.png)
The RGB bulb supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is also able to participate in the routing of data between other devices in the mesh network.
## Overview
No device information is provided in the database. Consider [updating the database](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/598) to improve the documentation.
A smart bulb with over 16 million colors
### Inclusion Information
Toggle the wall switch off and on 3 times quickly (within 3 seconds) ending with On
### Exclusion Information
Toggle the wall switch off and on 3 times quickly (within 3 seconds) ending with On
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RGB bulb -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Color Control | color_color | | Color |
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Color Control | color_color | color_color | ColorLight | Color |
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The brightness channel allows to control the brightness of a light.
It is also possible to switch the light on and off.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel is of type ```switch_dimmer``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
### Color Control
The color channel allows to control the color of a light.
It is also possible to dim values and switch the light on and off.
The ```color_color``` channel supports the ```Color``` item.
The ```color_color``` channel is of type ```color_color``` and supports the ```Color``` item and is in the ```ColorLight``` category.
### Color Temperature
The color temperature channel allows to set the color
temperature of a light from 0 (cold) to 100 (warm).
The ```color_temperature``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```ColorLight``` category.
The ```color_temperature``` channel is of type ```color_temperature``` and supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```ColorLight``` category.
@ -78,11 +85,11 @@ The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|
| 0 | RGB BULB memorizes its state after a power failure |
| 1 | Device will be on after power supply is reconnected |
| 2 | Device will be off after power supply is reconnected |
| 0 | Memorizes its state |
| 1 | On |
| 2 | Off |
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (RGB BULB memorizes its state after a power failure).
The manufacturer defined default value is ```0``` (Memorizes its state ).
This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTEGER```.
@ -146,7 +153,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_61_4``` and is of type ```INTE
RGB BULB will exclude from the Z-Wave network with this particular command
The following option values may be configured -:
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 1 to 1431655765 -:
| Value | Description |
|--------|-------------|

21
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/hank/scn04_0_0.md
View File

@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ title: SCN04 - ZWave
# SCN04 Four-key Scene Controller
This describes the Z-Wave device *SCN04*, manufactured by *[Hank](http://www.hank-tech.com/)* with the thing type UID of ```hank_scn04_00_000```.
The device is in the category of *Remote Control*, defining Any portable or hand-held device that controls the status of something, e.g. remote control, keyfob etc..
![SCN04 product image](https://www.cd-jackson.com/zwave_device_uploads/697/697_default.png)
The SCN04 supports routing. This allows the device to communicate using other routing enabled devices as intermediate routers. This device is unable to participate in the routing of data from other devices.
The SCN04 does not permanently listen for messages sent from the controller - it will periodically wake up automatically to check if the controller has messages to send, but will sleep most of the time to conserve battery life. Refer to the *Wakeup Information* section below for further information.
@ -55,16 +60,15 @@ Press and hold any button for three seconds.
The following table summarises the channels available for the SCN04 -:
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | Battery | Number |
| Channel Name | Channel ID | Channel Type | Category | Item Type |
|--------------|------------|--------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Battery Level | battery-level | system.battery_level | Battery | Number |
### Scene Number
Triggers when a scene button is pressed.
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
The ```scene_number``` channel is of type ```scene_number``` and supports the ```Number``` item.
This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ```<scene>.<event>```. The scene number is set by the device, and the event is as follows -:
| Event ID | Event Description |
@ -78,11 +82,10 @@ This channel provides the scene, and the event as a decimal value in the form ``
| 6 | 5 x keypress |
### Battery Level
Represents the battery level as a percentage (0-100%). Bindings for things supporting battery level in a different format (e.g. 4 levels) should convert to a percentage to provide a consistent battery level reading.
The ```battery-level``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
The ```system.battery-level``` channel is of type ```system.battery-level``` and supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Battery``` category.
This channel provides the battery level as a percentage and also reflects the low battery warning state. If the battery state is in low battery warning state, this will read 0%.
## Device Configuration

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More